Purple Innovation, Inc S-3/A, filed May 12, 2020
Purple Innovation, Inc. (PRPL)
Table of Contents
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12, 2020
Registration No. 333-237045
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
PURPLE INNOVATION, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
| Delaware |
47-4078206 | |
| (State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
4100 North Chapel Ridge Road, Suite 200
Lehi, Utah 84043
(801) 756-2600
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
Casey McGarvey
Chief Legal Officer
Purple Innovation, Inc.
4100 North Chapel Ridge Road, Suite 200
Lehi, Utah 84043
(801) 756-2600
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
Copies to:
| Nolan S. Taylor David F. Marx Dorsey & Whitney LLP 111 S. Main Street, 21st Floor Salt Lake City, Utah 84111 (801) 933-7360 |
Tad J. Freese Brian D. Paulson Latham & Watkins 140 Scott Drive Menlo Park, California 94025 (650) 328-4600 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box. ☐
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box. ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction I.D. or a post-effective amendment thereto that shall become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act, check the following box. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed pursuant to General Instruction I.D. filed to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
| Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Smaller reporting company | ☒ | |||
| Accelerated Filer | ☐ | Emerging growth company | ☒ | |||
| Non-accelerated filer | ☒ | |||||
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
| ||||||||
| Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered |
Amount to be Registered |
Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Share (3) |
Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (3) |
Amount of Registration Fee (4) | ||||
| Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (1)(2) |
10,350,000 |
$10.438 | $108,033,300.00 | $14,022.72 | ||||
|
| ||||||||
|
| ||||||||
| (1) | This registration statement includes shares of Class A Common Stock of Purple Innovation, Inc. issuable upon exchange of an equivalent number of Class B Units (together with an equal number of shares of our Class B Common Stock) of Purple Innovation, LLC registered for resale by the Selling Stockholder named in this registration statement. Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant is also registering an indeterminate number of additional shares of Class A Common Stock issuable by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization or other similar transaction. |
| (2) | Includes additional shares of Class A Common Stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover overallotments, if any. |
| (3) | Pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act, and solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, the proposed maximum offering price is $10.438, which is the average of the high and low prices of the Class A Common Stock on May 5, 2020, on the NASDAQ Capital Market. |
| (4) | The registrant previously paid the filing fee with the initial filing of this registration statement. |
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
Table of Contents
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED May 12, 2020
PROSPECTUS
PURPLE INNOVATION, INC.
9,000,000 Shares of Class A Common Stock
The information included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus relates to the resale of 9,000,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), by the selling stockholder (the “Selling Stockholder”) named in this prospectus. See “Selling Stockholder.”
The shares of Class A Common Stock included in this offering are issuable upon the exchange (an “Exchange”) of shares of our Class B Common Stock (the “Class B Common Stock”), together with an equal number of Class B common units (the “Class B Units” and one share of Class B Common Stock together with one Class B Unit, a “Paired Security”) of Purple Innovation, LLC (“Purple LLC”), our consolidated subsidiary, pursuant to the Selling Stockholder’s rights under that certain Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) dated February 2, 2018 by and among the Company, Purple LLC and the Selling Stockholder. In connection with each Exchange, Purple LLC will cancel the delivered Paired Securities and issue to us Class A common units (the “Class A Units”) on a one-for-one basis, which will consequently increase our percentage ownership interest in Purple LLC. See “Description of Capital Stock” for a detailed description of the right to Exchange.
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to this prospectus or from any issuance of our Class A Common Stock to the Selling Stockholder upon an Exchange. However, we have agreed to pay certain expenses associated with the registration and sale of shares pursuant to this prospectus.
We provide more information about how the Selling Stockholder will sell the shares of Class A Common Stock in the section entitled “Underwriting.”
Our Class A Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “PRPL.” On May 11, 2020, the last reported sales price of the Class A Common Stock was $12.99 per share.
The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of 1,350,000 additional shares of our Class A Common Stock from the Selling Stockholder, including 1,350,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exchange of Paired Securities by the Selling Stockholder. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
An investment in our securities involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus, page 10 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, and any updates to those risk factors or new risk factors contained in our subsequent Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC, all of which we incorporate by reference herein.
| Per share | Total | |||||||
| Public offering price |
$ | $ | ||||||
| Underwriting discounts and commissions(1) |
$ | $ | ||||||
| Proceeds to selling stockholders, before expenses |
$ | $ | ||||||
| (1) | See “Underwriting” beginning on page 97 for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters. |
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Risk Factors—We are an emerging growth company, and the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Class A Common Stock less attractive to investors.”
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
| BofA Securities | Oppenheimer & Co. |
The date of this prospectus is , 2020.
Table of Contents
| ii | ||||
| 1 | ||||
| 11 | ||||
| 51 | ||||
| 52 | ||||
| 53 | ||||
| MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
54 | |||
| 69 | ||||
| 81 | ||||
| 82 | ||||
| 86 | ||||
| 97 | ||||
| 104 | ||||
| 104 | ||||
| 104 | ||||
| 105 |
You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus, as well as the information incorporated by reference into this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplement or any documents incorporated by reference is accurate as of any date other than the date of the applicable document. Since the respective dates of this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed.
i
Table of Contents
This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock by the Selling Stockholder. However, we agreed to pay certain expenses associated with the registration and sale of shares pursuant to this prospectus. You should read this prospectus together with additional information described below under the captions “Where You Can Find More Information” and “Documents Incorporated by Reference.”
No offer of these securities will be made in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms “Purple,” “Purple Inc.,” “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Purple Innovation, Inc. (formerly known as Global Partner Acquisition Corp.), a Delaware corporation. References in this prospectus to the “Business Combination” refer to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 2, 2017 (as amended, the “Merger Agreement”), which transactions were consummated on February 2, 2018.
ii
Table of Contents
This summary highlights selected information contained in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that is important to you. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information included in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Before making your investment decision with respect to our Class A Common Stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus and the documents referred to in “Where You Can Find More Information” and “Documents Incorporated by Reference.”
The Company
Our mission is to help people feel and live better through innovative comfort solutions.
We are a digitally-native vertical brand founded on comfort product innovation with premium offerings. We design and manufacture a variety of innovative, branded and premium comfort products, including mattresses, pillows, cushions, frames, sheets and other products. Our products are the result of over 30 years of innovation and investment in proprietary and patented comfort technologies and the development of our own manufacturing processes. Our proprietary gel technology, Hyper-Elastic Polymer, underpins many of our comfort products and provides a range of benefits that differentiate our offerings from other competitors’ products. We market and sell our products through our direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) online channels, retail brick-and-mortar wholesale partners, third-party online retailers and our owned retail showrooms. Our showrooms on the West Coast have been temporarily closed due to temporary shutdowns of non-essential businesses and shelter-at-home directives throughout the United States in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.
The foundation of our business is core competencies in design, development and manufacturing. Decades of accumulated knowledge enable us to create all aspects of our innovative products, including the fundamental comfort technologies and the machines and processes necessary to bring them to market. We have vertically integrated our operations to include research and development, marketing and manufacturing, resulting in an ability to rapidly test, learn, adapt and scale our product offerings. In order to solve complex manufacturing challenges such as large-format injection molding of our Purple Grid (the primary component in our mattresses made with our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology), we designed and produced our own manufacturing equipment including our proprietary and patented Mattress Max™ machinery. There were and still are no off-the-shelf solutions that can handle both our size and scale requirements. We believe our combination of patents and intellectual property, proprietary and patented manufacturing equipment, production processes and decades of acquired knowledge create an advantage over our competitors who rely on commoditized materials, such as foam and outsourced manufacturing.
In addition to developing transformative, differentiated products and technologies, we have built a brand that has high customer engagement and avid online advocates. We have an experienced digital marketing team that generates digital marketing content which enables efficient customer acquisition and builds brand affinity. We believe that our digital marketing strategy enables us to market our full product suite to customers, generate frequent interactions online and drive traffic to all channels online and offline that offer our products.
While the COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted and led to declines in our wholesale, we have been able to capitalize on the DTC macro trend that is transforming the bedding industry. To complement our DTC channel, we have developed multiple wholesale relationships with established vendors such as Mattress Firm, Macy’s, Bloomingdale’s, Furniture Row, Denver Mattress, HOM Furniture, Steinhafels, Raymour & Flanagan and Bed Bath & Beyond. We believe that our distinctly differentiated products, marketing strategies, manufacturing capabilities, unique branding and proprietary technologies position us to continue to drive our growth in comfort products. For the quarter ended March 31, 2020, our DTC sales channel accounted for 66% of our revenue and
1
Table of Contents
wholesale accounted for 34% of revenue, while sales of bedding accounted for 94% of our revenue and other products accounted for 6%.
We have recently experienced significant growth, as evidenced by the following achievements:
| • | Net revenue increased 46.3% to $122.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to $83.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2019 |
| • | Net income was $20.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of ($0.7) million in the three months ended March 31, 2019 |
| • | Adjusted EBITDA was $10.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to $6.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2019 |
| • | Total doors increased 100% to 1,777 as of March 31, 2020, compared to 889 as of March 31, 2019 from omni-channel initiatives and wholesale channel expansion |
|
| |
| • | The Average Selling Price for mattresses increased 8%, or $140 per mattress, in the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019 due to the introduction of new premium products and wholesale expansion |
|
| |
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Reconciliations for Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures are included in the section entitled “Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA” beginning on page 60 of this prospectus.
2
Table of Contents
Industry and Competition
Our portfolio of products is driven by our commitment to innovating real comfort solutions that meaningfully help “every body” feel and live better.
Bedding
The bedding category encompasses a variety of products including mattresses, bases, foundations, sheets, mattress protectors, blankets, duvets and pillows. Meaningful innovation in sleep products has been infrequent and limited over the last 150 years. The first coil spring mattress was introduced in the 1860s and it continues to remain one of the most widely adopted technologies. Over 100 years after the creation of the coil spring mattress, the memory foam-based mattress was launched in 1992, with latex, water and air mattresses also emerging during the latter part of the 20th century. Our Purple Grid represents a meaningful innovation in the following key areas: pressure relief, temperature neutrality, responsiveness, durability and limited motion transfer.
The market for bedding products is large, growing and undergoing fundamental transformations on account of digital marketing and DTC distribution. The U.S. mattress industry is predominantly comprised of vendors that rely on retail distribution as well as a growing number of DTC retailers. The traditional market, led by Tempur-Sealy and Serta Simmons, comprises the vast majority of the bedding market. Mattresses from our competitors are typically manufactured using one or more layers of springs, standard polyurethane foam, memory foam, air bladders or latex foam.
Over the past several years, growth of the DTC market exceeded that of the broader industry. DTC retailers are typically characterized by e-commerce distribution channels, more affordable pricing, free shipping and returns and limited product offerings. DTC retailers typically use layers of foam cushioning that are assembled into a mattress and compressed and rolled into a box for distribution. The DTC market is highly fragmented and highly competitive, based primarily on price, and is rapidly evolving. DTC competitors include, but are not limited to Casper, Leesa, Resident (Nectar), Saatva and Tuft & Needle. We believe their products are generally low-cost foam, often imported and undifferentiated in terms of sleep benefits.
Traditional brick-and-mortar retailers remain a significant part of the market for bedding products. This part of the retail market is also highly fragmented and competitive. The leading brick-and-mortar retailers in the United States and Canada are, respectively, Mattress Firm and Sleep Country Canada. These national retailers compete with regional and smaller retailers and retail channels such as furniture and department stores.
Across these channels, some key factors that impact competition in our industry include product features, reliable logistics, marketing efficiency, brand recognition and reputation, expertise of sales and after-market support, pace of innovation and product roadmap, price of products and services, and financial stability and ability to invest in innovation.
Seat Cushions and Other
Our seat cushions and other category consists of seating cushions and other products that can be purchased independent of furniture. To the best of our knowledge, there are no independent market analyses that define the size and growth of this category. It is important to note that there is a significantly larger market for cushioning technology embedded within furniture including chairs and sofas as well as seats found in transportation and other categories requiring seating solutions. We believe this is a substantial market opportunity that we could pursue with either branded product offerings or through branded OEM partnerships to embed our technology.
3
Table of Contents
What Makes Purple Different?
We believe Purple has a particular set of competitive strengths that differentiate and position us for continued success:
| • | History of innovation that produced new comfort technology—We are a company built on innovation and licensing founded over 30 years ago. The core team has decades of history developing innovative comfort technology products, including the invention of our proprietary and patented Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology and the Purple Grid component. Our breakthrough mattress represents what we believe to be the first substantive innovation in the mattress industry since the introduction of memory foam in 1992. We believe that the unique properties of the Purple Grid™ cushion enable a number of improvements over existing bedding, compared to competing foam, spring and air mattresses. |
| • | Pressure Relief—The Purple Grid is designed around the science of column buckling which enables firm support across the larger surface areas of a body, while providing pressure relief at local areas or points of pressure or shape. We believe our founders were the first to leverage this science in mattresses. Some of their first mattresses in production were licensed decades ago to medical manufacturers for uses such as critical care beds and continue to this day to be used in hospital beds. The resulting feel is often described as buoyant, similar to floating on water. |
| • | Temperature Neutral—The Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material itself is temperature neutral, and the nature of the Purple Grid is that the surface is mostly air (the channels within the grid), which allows for high air-flow and dissipation of heat and vapor. Foam beds absorb heat from the body and then radiate the heat back, constantly increasing the temperature. The Purple Grid allows for continual sleeping without waking up hot. |
| • | Responsive—Unlike memory foam, which compresses, gets hard and then takes time to recoil, the Purple Grid is instantly responsive to the body as it moves. |
| • | Durable—Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material is a highly durable gel that we believe outlasts most foams by two to three times. The Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology also has numerous applications beyond mattress products including current products such as seat cushions and pillows, as well as future product categories. The development of the Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology is only one of numerous innovations we have achieved to produce a range of unique and effective comfort products across the bedding and seat cushion and other categories. |
| • | Proprietary technologies and manufacturing expertise provide a significant competitive advantage—We believe that the combination of patent protection, proprietary manufacturing equipment and decades of accumulated knowledge creates a competitive advantage through barriers of imitation. We own or have the exclusive right to use over 100 granted or pending patents that cover current and future products as well as proprietary manufacturing equipment we have designed and fabricated. In addition to intellectual property protection of key products and manufacturing capabilities, our team has decades of experience and unique insights derived from inventing and refining proprietary comfort technologies, machines and products. Our Mattress Max™ machine, designed and built by Purple, allows for large-format injection molding of gels at scale, which we believe is not a commercially available capability outside of Purple. Capabilities such as these are essential to produce our products efficiently and at scale. Our sixth Mattress Max™ machine came online in the first quarter of 2020 and we expect to bring our seventh Mattress Max™ machine online in the second quarter of 2020. |
| • | Growing brand with passionate following—Our brand mirrors our passion for uncompromising performance, quality and durability, and with effective use of humor and viral marketing, has been |
4
Table of Contents
| able to cut-through the competitive noise. We believe that our digital marketing strategy has achieved a level of social media engagement that few competitors can match, including a series of videos that have been seen more than 1.8 billion times across Facebook and YouTube. Our brand has been able to extend beyond awareness of individual products and we have successfully marketed our full suite of products to customers using a DTC strategy. We believe customer satisfaction of our product has continued to drive “word of mouth” as the most common reason cited as to how a customer has heard of Purple. |
| • | Balanced, omni-channel distribution strategy—We have sought opportunities to obtain wide reach in brick-and-mortar retailers where our beds could be on display. This is a very different approach versus the majority of bed-in-a-box players who sought traditional Consumer Packaged Goods (“CPG”) distribution, e.g. boxes on shelves. Our goal is to support the customer wherever and however they want to learn, try, and buy through wholesale, owned showrooms, and DTC channels. We are a leader in the DTC category of the bedding market. Our flexible return policies and aggressive expansion of wholesale doors and showrooms allow for more of our targeted customers to feel and experience our products throughout the purchase process. In our wholesale channel, we sell most of our products through select national and regional accounts as well as a variety of independent retail partners throughout the United States. As a result, we believe we are driving accelerated growth in the bedding market compared to the traditional retail bedding industry. |
| • | Premium product offerings—The rise of DTC and discounting in retail has oversaturated the market in value mattresses priced below $1,000 for a queen, with continual downward price pressure driven by Amazon and other large discount channels. According to the International Sleep Products Association 2Q19 Bedding Market Quarterly Report (“ISPA Quarterly Report”), in the quarter ended June 30, 2019, 70% of mattresses sold were priced below $1,000 for a queen and yet made up only 43% of the revenue. Our premium queen mattresses start at the $1,100 price point and range up to $3,000. The ISPA Quarterly Report also indicates that 30% of units sold are above $1,000 for a queen, but earn 57% of industry revenue. We believe there is opportunity to take share on the premium side of the market. |
| • | Vertical integration enables nimble design, development and execution—We design and develop our cushioning products in-house and we have extensive research and development capabilities led by a team of engineers, industrial designers and marketing specialists. The ability to develop and test products in this manner enables us not only to prototype and deploy new ideas, but also to design and develop corresponding manufacturing equipment and processes. In addition, we continuously refine our production methods to improve product quality and enhance efficiency. The resulting real-time feedback cycle is a key differentiator compared to other competitors that outsource many of these functions and lack an integrated approach. |
Growth Strategies
| • | Further direct-to-consumer growth and penetration—We believe that we are well positioned to leverage our brand, leading product portfolio, vertical integration and strong marketing capabilities to continue to attract new customers via our DTC channel. Our site was originally built for only a few SKUs and we are investing in redesign and re-platforming as our assortment has grown. Continued successful execution within the DTC channel represents a significant growth opportunity. |
| • | Expanded omni-channel distribution and retail relationships—Expanding retail distribution of our products via new and existing arrangements represents an opportunity to tap into the large |
5
Table of Contents
| brick-and-mortar category of the cushioning market. We currently sell our products through numerous wholesale partners including Mattress Firm, Macy’s, Bloomingdale’s, Furniture Row, Denver Mattress, HOM Furniture, Steinhafels, Raymour & Flanagan and Bed Bath & Beyond. We are also in discussions with multiple new potential partners to expand our wholesale distribution capabilities. Our Company showrooms on the West Coast have been temporarily closed due to temporary shutdowns of non-essential businesses and shelter-at-home directives in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. |
| • | Existing product innovation—We have a rich history of product innovation and have developed core competencies in design, prototyping and manufacturing. This vertical integration enables us to continuously refine our existing products and manufacturing processes, as well as to introduce new offerings, with the potential to attract new customers and drive repeat sales. |
| • | New product launches—We have a pipeline of future products we are developing. We are constantly exploring new technologies and ways to expand the benefits of our technologies through new product offerings. This includes innovations in mattresses beyond the Purple Grid, an expanded assortment based on the Harmony PillowTM that includes new patent-pending technology, assortment expansion and new products in cushioning and additional categories. |
| • | International expansion—We believe there is a substantial opportunity for international expansion, and we expect to find new opportunities as we expand into various foreign markets. We anticipate entering Canada during 2020 via wholesale channels and we plan to expand in other foreign markets in the future as well. More than half of the global mattress market is outside of the United States, and we believe that our differentiated products, multi-channel distribution strategy, manufacturing capabilities, vertical integration and marketing expertise will enable us to enter new markets. We are exploring opportunities for international marketing, manufacturing and warehousing, as well as franchise and wholesale partners. |
COVID-19 Pandemic Developments
The recent COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in adverse impacts on many aspects of our operations, directly and indirectly, including our employees, consumer behavior, distribution and logistics, our suppliers, and the market overall. The scope and nature of these impacts continue to evolve each day. In light of the uncertain and rapidly evolving situation relating to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken a number of precautionary measures to manage our resources and mitigate the adverse impact of the pandemic, which is intended to help minimize the risk to our Company, employees, customers, and the communities in which we operate. Employees at the Company’s headquarters and certain other employees have been asked to work from home where possible. For roles that require employees to be on-site, such as our manufacturing facility and distribution center, we are providing protective equipment, practicing social distancing and increasing sanitizing standards.
We have experienced a sharp decline in the wholesale side of our business as temporary shutdowns of non-essential businesses and shelter-at-home directives have occurred in most U.S. states. Also, we have temporarily closed our three showrooms in California in compliance with locally mandated shelter-in-place requirements. While we believe that our operations will return to normal as such restrictions are lifted, there can be no guarantee as to when these operations will normalize, as well as when and whether our wholesale business will return to pre-COVID-19 levels. We continue to serve customers through our DTC channel, and during the first quarter of 2020, some consumer demand for our premium, differentiated product offering shifted to our DTC channel. In response, we have refocused our efforts back to our DTC core competencies resulting in an acceleration in DTC channel sales across all of our product categories in the last half of March through April.
6
Table of Contents
This increase in DTC demand has produced DTC growth of 50% over the prior year first quarter, partially offsetting declines from our 2020 forecast in our wholesale channel. There can be no assurance that this trend of increased demand through our DTC channel will continue.
This increase in DTC demand allowed us to work through a portion of our on-hand inventory. Given the difficulty in predicting how long this pandemic will persist and its full impact, we continue to look at all opportunities to preserve liquidity. This included taking advantage of our vertically integrated business model to adjust production schedules to leverage inventory on hand and tightly manage labor costs, including temporarily furloughing roughly 35% of our permanent workforce. We also continue to dynamically adjust our significant discretionary online advertising spend in response to any changes in DTC trends as they develop.
The Company has temporarily deferred 25% of the cash compensation of Senior Executives and all the cash compensation of the Board of Directors. In addition, in March 2020 we entered into an amendment to our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to allow the Company to defer 5% of the interest for quarterly payments due during the first two quarters of 2020. In addition, we are temporarily reducing our capital spend by delaying all non-maintenance related projects and investments in non-essential initiatives and headcount additions until we have better visibility into when conditions normalize. Other proactive steps have been taken to carefully manage cash in response to the rapidly changing circumstances. We anticipate being able to start paying deferred compensation and moving forward with capital spend on certain growth initiatives during the second quarter. The Company intends to proceed cautiously and continue to take proactive steps to manage cash and respond quickly and prudently to new COVID-19 related circumstances.
Our supply chain has not as yet been significantly affected by COVID-19. Currently, our domestic suppliers are able to continue operations and provide necessary materials when needed. Suppliers in China were temporarily closed as a result of the pandemic but we had sufficient inventory on hand. Many of our suppliers resumed production in March and are able to supply materials as needed. As a result, we don’t expect supply to have a material impact on our ability to meet anticipated demand.
After a brief decline in late March, DTC orders began to accelerate in early April and remained strong throughout the month, resulting in an increase of over 170% to approximately $54 million compared with the same month last year. Wholesale orders were down approximately 45% from April 2019. However, orders from our wholesale partners are starting to resume. In order to meet demand, we terminated our temporary furlough for almost all manufacturing personnel and restarted our manufacturing operations. We are currently operating at nearly full capacity to meet current demand and in anticipation of the Memorial Day promotion period. We have also partnered with the Brands for Better coalition, committing 10% of net proceeds in April, raising more than $250,000 towards the production of approximately 1,000 specialty beds to relieve shortages in care facilities nationwide due to COVID-19. These specialty beds will be produced in our facilities.
Although each of the remedial measures was taken by the Company to protect the business and preserve liquidity, each may also have the potential to have a material adverse impact on our current business, financial condition and results of operations, and may create additional risks for our Company. While we anticipate that the foregoing measures are temporary, we cannot predict the specific duration for which these precautionary measures will stay in effect, and we may elect or need to take additional measures as the information available to us continues to develop, including with respect to our employees, manufacturing facility and distribution center, and relationships with our suppliers and customers. Subject to certain assumptions regarding the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, and government, consumer, and our responses thereto, based on our current projections we believe our cash on hand, ongoing cash generated from our DTC business and eventual resumption and ramp up of store operations and our wholesale business, will be sufficient to cover our working capital requirements and anticipated capital expenditures for the next 12 months. However, the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and our precautionary measures in response thereto may impact our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be precisely predicted at this time.
7
Table of Contents
Corporate History and Structure
On February 2, 2018, our corporate predecessor, Global Partner Acquisition Corp. (“GPAC”), consummated the previously announced Business Combination, pursuant to which a subsidiary of GPAC merged with and into Purple LLC, with Purple LLC surviving the Business Combination as a subsidiary of the Company. In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, GPAC was renamed “Purple Innovation, Inc.” and the operating agreement of Purple LLC was amended so that, among other changes, the existing single class of common membership units was reclassified into two new classes of units, Class A Units and Class B Units.
The Class A Units were issued to and are solely held by Purple Inc. They are voting common units entitled to share in the profits and losses of Purple LLC and receive distributions as declared by Purple LLC’s manager. The amended operating agreement appoints Purple Inc. as the sole managing member of Purple LLC.
As the sole managing member, Purple Inc. operates and controls all of the business and affairs of Purple LLC. Accordingly, although Purple Inc. has a minority economic interest in Purple LLC, Purple Inc. has the sole voting interest in and control of the management and operations of Purple LLC. The Class B Units were initially issued solely to InnoHold. Holders of Class B Units have limited voting rights in Purple LLC and are entitled to share in the profits and losses of Purple LLC and to receive distributions as declared by Purple LLC’s manager.
Also in connection with the Business Combination, Purple Inc. amended its certificate of incorporation and renamed its existing common stock as Class A Common Stock and created a new class of stock named Class B Common Stock. The Class A Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “PRPL.” The Class B Common Stock was initially issued solely to InnoHold. Holders of Class B Common Stock have voting rights commensurate with the Class A Common Stock, but are not entitled to receive dividends, if declared by the Board. In general (i) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding will always equal the number of Class A Units held by Purple Inc., and (ii) the number of shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding will always equal the number of Class B Units then outstanding.
One share of Class B Common Stock, together with one Class B Unit, is exchangeable for one share of Class A Common Stock, pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. Upon an Exchange of a Class B Unit pursuant to the Exchange Agreement for a share of Class A Common Stock, the corresponding share of Class B Common Stock will be automatically cancelled for no consideration. In addition, upon an exchange, Purple LLC will issue to Purple Inc. an equivalent number of Class A Units. Shares of Class B Common Stock may only be transferred to a person other than the Company or Purple LLC if the transferee is a permitted transferee described in the Exchange Agreement and an equal number of Class B Units are simultaneously transferred to such transferee.
Since the Business Combination, InnoHold has distributed a portion of the Class B Units and Class B Common Stock held by it to certain of its members. As of May 8, 2020, there were 30,270,245 shares of Class B Common Stock and Class B Units outstanding, of which 29,158,227 were held by InnoHold. Purple Inc. holds 23.6 million Class A Units, representing all of the issued and outstanding Class A Units.
8
Table of Contents
The following diagram summarizes the capital structure of Purple Inc. and Purple LLC, excluding outstanding warrants and options to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock.
Executive Offices
Our executive offices are located at 4100 North Chapel Ridge Road, Suite 200, Lehi, Utah 84043. Our telephone number is (801) 756-2600. Our website is located at www.purple.com. The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.
9
Table of Contents
The Offering
We are registering the resale by the Selling Stockholder named in this prospectus of 9,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon an Exchange of Paired Securities.
Resale of Class A Common Stock by Selling Stockholder
| Shares of Class A Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholder |
9,000,000 shares. |
| Shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding prior to this Offering |
23,622,214 shares. |
| Shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding after this Offering |
32,622,214 shares. |
| Option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock |
1,350,000 shares. |
| Use of proceeds |
All of the shares of Class A Common Stock will be sold by the Selling Stockholder for its respective account. We will not receive any of the proceeds from these sales. |
| Trading Market and Ticker Symbol for Class A Common Stock |
Our shares of Class A Common Stock are currently listed on NASDAQ under the symbols “PRPL.” |
The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 23,622,214 shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding as of May 8, 2020, and excludes:
| • | 21.3 million shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon an Exchange of outstanding Paired Securities held by the Selling Stockholder and other holders, which shares of Class A Common Stock are not included in this prospectus; |
| • | 2,141,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2020 with a weighted average exercise price of $7.03 per share; and |
| • | 16.8 million shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, comprised of 14.2 million shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding Public Warrants and Sponsor Warrants (as defined below), and 2.6 million shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding Incremental Loan Warrants (as defined below). |
Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus does not take into account the 1,350,000 additional shares of our Class A Common Stock which the underwriters have the option to purchase from the Selling Stockholder.
Risk Factors
Before investing in our securities, you should carefully read and consider the information set forth in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11.
10
Table of Contents
An investment in our securities involves risks and uncertainties. You should consider carefully the risks described below, those beginning on page 10 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, and any updates to those risk factors or new risk factors contained in our subsequent Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC, all of which we incorporate by reference herein, as well as the other information included in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Any of the risk factors could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects and the trading price of our securities.
Risks Related to the Offering
Future sales of our Class A Common Stock may depress our share price.
As of May 8, 2020, we had 23,622,214 shares of our Class A Common Stock and 30,270,245 shares of our Class B Common Stock outstanding. Sales of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock in the public market or issuances of additional shares pursuant to the exercise of our outstanding warrants, or the expectation of such sales or exercises, could cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to decline. We may also sell additional shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock in subsequent public or private offerings or other transactions, which may adversely affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock.
Our stockholders may experience substantial dilution in the value of their investment if we issue additional shares of our capital stock.
Our charter allows us to issue up to 300 million shares of our Common Stock, including 210 million shares of Class A Common Stock and 90 million shares of Class B Common Stock, and up to five million shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. To raise additional capital, we may in the future sell additional shares of our Class A Common Stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A Common Stock at prices that are lower than the prices paid by existing stockholders, and investors purchasing shares or other securities in the future could have rights superior to existing stockholders, which could result in substantial dilution to the interests of existing stockholders.
We may issue debt and equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, any of which may be senior to our Class A Common Stock as to distributions and in liquidation, which could negatively affect the value of our Class A Common Stock.
In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by entering into additional debt or debt-like financing that is unsecured or secured by up to all of our assets, or by issuing additional debt or equity securities, which could include issuances of secured or unsecured notes, preferred stock, hybrid securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities. In the event of our liquidation, our lenders and holders of our debt would receive distributions of our available assets before distributions to holders of our Class A Common Stock, and holders of preferred securities would receive distributions of our available assets before distributions to the holders of our Class A Common Stock. Because our decision to incur debt and issue securities in future offerings may be influenced by market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings or debt financings. Further, market conditions could require us to accept less favorable terms for the issuance of our securities in the future.
11
Table of Contents
Risks Related to Our Business
We may experience significant fluctuations in our operating results and growth rate, which could adversely affect our performance and financial results.
Our revenue growth may not be sustainable, and our percentage growth rates may decrease. Our revenue and operating profit growth depend on the continued growth of demand for our products, and our business is affected by general economic and business conditions worldwide. A softening of demand, whether caused by changes in customer confidence or preferences or a weakening of the U.S. or global economies, may result in decreased revenue or growth.
In addition, we rely on estimates and forecasts of our expenses and revenues to provide guidance and inform our business strategies, and some of our past estimates and forecasts have not been accurate. The rapidly evolving nature of our business makes forecasting operating results difficult. If we fail to accurately forecast our expenses and revenues, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may suffer, and the value of our business may decline. If our estimates and forecasts prove incorrect, we may not be able to adjust our operations quickly enough to respond to lower than expected sales or higher than expected expenses.
Our sales and operating results will also fluctuate for many other reasons, including due to risks described elsewhere in this section and the following:
| • | our ability to attract new customers and the cost of acquiring new customers; |
| • | our ability and the time required to develop new Mattress Max machines, develop new production lines, scale production capacity and appropriately train staff; |
| • | the success of our wholesale and our Company showroom expansion efforts; |
| • | our ability to have enough production capacity to meet customer demand; |
| • | our ability to effectively manage increasing sales and marketing expenses; |
| • | our access to sufficient capital resources and liquidity to fund the growth of our business; |
| • | competition from the sublicensees of intellectual property licensed back to EdiZONE; |
| • | our ability to offer products on favorable terms, manage inventory, fulfill orders and manage product returns; |
| • | the introduction of competitive products, services, price decreases, discounts, or improvements; |
| • | timing, effectiveness, and costs of expansion and upgrades of our systems and infrastructure; |
| • | the success of our geographic and product line expansions, including but not limited to power requirements, labor needs, and ease of product distribution; |
| • | the success of hiring, expeditiously training, and retaining engaged labor locally and worldwide; |
| • | our ability to secure and retain superior global partners for specialized delivery services; |
| • | the extent to which we use debt or equity financing, and the terms of any such financing for, our current operations and future growth; |
12
Table of Contents
| • | the outcomes of legal proceedings, claims, or governmental investigations or rulings, which may include significant monetary damages or injunctive relief and could have a material adverse impact on our operating results; |
| • | the enforceability and validity of our intellectual property rights; |
| • | our ability to accommodate variations in the mix of products we sell; |
| • | variations in our level of product returns, as well as our methods of collecting product returns or exchanges; |
| • | the extent to which we offer free shipping; |
| • | the extent to which we invest in technology and content, manufacturing, fulfillment, and other expense categories; |
| • | increases in the prices of materials used in the manufacturing of our products or the costs to produce our products, including but not limited to new or unanticipated tariffs; |
| • | our ability to anticipate and prepare for disruptions to manufacturing; |
| • | the extent to which operators of the networks between our customers and our websites successfully charge fees to grant our customers unimpaired and unconstrained access to our online services; |
| • | our ability to collect amounts owed to us when they become due; |
| • | the extent to which our internal network or website is affected by denial of service attacks, malicious unauthorized access, outages, and similar events; |
| • | the extent to which our internal network is affected by spyware, viruses, phishing and other spam emails, intrusions, data theft, downtime, and similar events; |
| • | our ability to manage the expenses associated with multiple facilities; |
| • | our ability to secure attractive real estate locations for expansion with sustainable cost structures; and |
| • | our ability to protect inventory assets from internal and external theft or damage. |
We have a short operating history in an evolving industry and, as a result, our past results may not be indicative of future operating performance.
We are a rapidly growing business with a short operating history. Our relatively short operating history makes it difficult to assess our future performance. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly developing and changing industries, including challenges in forecasting accuracy, determining appropriate investments of our limited resources, market acceptance of our products and services and future products and services, competition from new and established companies, including those with greater financial and technical resources, enhancing our products and services and developing new products and services.
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we incurred net losses of ($12.4) million and ($19.6) million, respectively. In 2019, we generated $22.9 million of operating cash flow and ended the year with
13
Table of Contents
working capital of $27.3 million and an accumulated deficit of $8.3 million. In 2018, we experienced negative operating cash flow of $21.7 million and ended the year with negative working capital of $0.9 million, and an accumulated deficit of $4.3 million. We need positive cash flow from operations and additional capital to execute our business plan and growth initiatives. If we are unable to satisfy our liquidity and capital resource requirements our business could become adversely affected.
You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we may encounter, as described above and elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section. If we fail to address the risks and difficulties that we face, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.
The growth of our business places significant strain on our resources and if we are unable to manage our growth, we may not have profitable operations or sufficient capital resources.
We are rapidly and significantly expanding our operations, including increasing our product offerings and scaling our infrastructure to support expansion of our manufacturing capacity, our wholesale channel expansion and the opening of our Company showrooms. Our planned growth includes increasing our manufacturing capacity, developing and introducing new products and developing new and broader distribution channels, including wholesale and Company showrooms, and extending our global reach to other countries. This expansion increases the complexity of our business and places significant strain on our management, personnel, operations, systems, technical performance, financial resources, and internal financial control and reporting functions.
Our continued success depends, in part, upon our ability to manage and expand our operations and facilities and production capacity in the face of continued growth. The growth in our operations has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management and operational and financial infrastructure. If we do not manage our growth effectively, the quality of our products and fulfillment capabilities may suffer which could adversely affect our operating results. Our revenue growth may not be sustainable, and our percentage growth rates may decrease. If we are unable to satisfy our liquidity and capital resource requirements, we may have to scale back, postpone or discontinue our growth strategies, which could result in slower growth or no growth, and we may run the risk of losing key suppliers, we may not be able to timely satisfy customer orders, and we may not be able to retain all of our employees. In addition, we may be forced to restructure our obligations to creditors or pursue work-out options.
Our growth depends in part on our ability to manage the opening of our Company showrooms, which will require our entering into leases and other obligations while the success of our Company showrooms remains unproven. To be successful, we will need to obtain or develop retail expertise and we will need to hire new employees in states that may have employment laws that could increase our expenses. In general, opening our Company showrooms in new locations exposes us to laws in other states that may not be as employer-friendly as those in which we currently operate, and may expose us to new liabilities. If we are not able to successfully manage the process of opening our Company showrooms and maintaining operations in an expanding number of stores, we may have to close stores and incur sunk costs and continuing obligations that could put a strain upon our resources, damage our brand and reputation and limit our growth.
To manage our growth effectively, we will need to continue to implement operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems and procedures and improve the systems and procedures that are currently in place. There is no assurance that we will be able to fulfill our staffing requirements for our business, successfully train and assimilate new employees, or expand our management base and enhance our operating and financial systems. Failure to achieve any of these goals will prevent us from managing our growth in an effective manner and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, our revenue and operating profit growth depends on the continued growth of demand for the products offered by us, and our business is affected by general economic and business conditions worldwide. A softening of demand, whether caused by changes in customer preferences or a weakening of the U.S. or global economies,
14
Table of Contents
may result in decreased revenue or growth. Further, we may not be able to accurately forecast our growth rate. We base our expense levels and investment plans on sales estimates. A significant portion of our expenses and investments is fixed, and we may not be able to adjust our spending quickly enough if our sales are less than expected.
When rolling out our new mattress lines through our direct-to-consumer sales channel, we identified a need for internal controls to avoid delays in the timely delivery of our new mattress products and to improve the customer’s experience. Also, we have experienced rapid growth in our employee base, and the need to implement controls and procedures for improving employee training and retention. Competition for employees where our production facilities are located also has increased the costs for employee retention. We have implemented improved controls and procedures in an environment of continuous change, but our use of resources may not be as effective as intended or we may need to apply more resources than expected to continue to make changes to improve our employee retention and effectiveness and the quality of our products and services over time. If we are unable to make continuous improvement, achieve greater efficiencies in our operating expenses and improve our products and services, our business could be adversely affected.
We may need additional capital to execute our business plan and fund operations and may not be able to obtain such capital on acceptable terms or at all.
In connection with the development and expansion of our business, we expect to incur significant capital and operational expenses. We believe that we can increase our sales and net income by implementing a growth strategy that focuses on (i) increasing our manufacturing capacity; (ii) increasing our direct-to-consumer sales; (iii) expanding our wholesale distribution channel; (iv) opening our Company showrooms; (v) expanding our global sales; (vi) engaging global partners to improve distribution efficiencies and cost savings; and (vii) product assortment and category expansion.
We believe that our cash flow from operations, together with other available sources of liquidity, including the additional cash we received and may have further access to under that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated February 26, 2019 (the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”) by and among Purple LLC, Coliseum Capital Partners, L.P. (“CCP”), Blackwell Partners LLC – Series A (“Blackwell”), and Coliseum Co-Invest Debt Fund, L.P. (“CDF” and together with CCP and Blackwell, the “Lenders”), will be sufficient to fund anticipated operating expenses, growth initiatives and our other anticipated liquidity needs for the next twelve months, based on our current operating conditions. Our ability to obtain other capital resources and sources of liquidity may not be sufficient to support future growth strategies. If we are unable to satisfy our liquidity and capital resource requirements, we may have to scale back, postpone or discontinue our growth strategies, which could result in slower growth or no growth, and we may run the risk of losing key suppliers, we may not be able to timely satisfy customer orders, and we may not be able to retain all of our employees. In addition, we may be forced to restructure our obligations to creditors, pursue work-out options or other protective measures.
Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms or at all is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including approval from the Lenders under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Adequate financing may not be available or, if available, may only be available on unfavorable terms. The restrictive covenants in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement may make it difficult to obtain additional capital on terms that are favorable to us, and the Lenders may not agree to lend us additional funds. There is no assurance we will obtain the capital we require. As a result, there can be no assurance that we will be able to fund our future operations or growth strategies. In addition, future equity or debt financings, including under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, may require us to also issue warrants or other equity securities that are likely to be dilutive to our existing stockholders. If we make additional borrowings under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we will be required to issue additional warrants to the Lenders on the same terms as the Incremental Loan Warrants. Newly issued securities may include preferences or superior voting rights or, as described above, may be combined with the issuance of warrants or other derivative securities, which each may
15
Table of Contents
have additional dilutive effects. Furthermore, we may incur substantial costs in pursuing future capital and financing, including investment banking fees, legal fees, accounting fees, printing and distribution expenses and other costs. We may also be required to recognize non-cash expenses in connection with certain securities we may issue, such as convertible notes and warrants, which will adversely impact our financial condition. If we cannot raise additional funds on favorable terms or at all, we may not be able to carry out all or parts of our long-term growth strategy, maintain our growth and competitiveness or continue in business.
Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results.
Generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business are complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management, including but not limited to estimates that affect our revenue recognition, accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts, valuation of inventories, cost of revenues, sales returns, warranty liabilities, the recognition and measurement of loss contingencies, warrant liabilities, estimates of current and deferred income taxes, deferred income tax valuation allowances and amounts associated with our Tax Receivable Agreement with InnoHold (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”). Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance, and could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our future growth and profitability may depend in part on our ability to continue to improve and expand our product line and to successfully execute new product introductions.
As described in greater detail below, the mattress, pillow, bedding, bed base, cushion and related industries (“Comfort Industry”) are highly competitive, and our ability to compete effectively and to profitably grow our market share depends in part on our ability to continue to improve and expand our product line and related accessory products.
We incur significant research and development and other expenditures in the pursuit of improvements and additions to our product line. If these efforts do not result in meaningful product improvements or new product introductions, or if we are not able to gain widespread consumer acceptance of product improvements or new product introductions, our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition may be adversely affected. In addition, if any significant product improvements or new product introductions are not successful, our reputation and brand image may be adversely affected, and our business may be harmed.
A significant portion of our gross profit comes from our mattress products. If we are unable to develop new models of our mattress products or successfully market and sell new mattress models, our profitability may be adversely affected, and our business may be harmed.
Our expansion into new products, market segments and geographic regions subjects us to additional business, legal, financial, and competitive risks.
The majority of our sales are made directly to consumers through our website or certain other e-commerce platforms. We have been expanding our business into the wholesale distribution channel through relationships with our wholesale partners but there can be no assurance that we will continue to experience success with our wholesale partners or that anticipated new locations will be successful.
We may be unsuccessful in generating additional sales through wholesale channels. We may extend credit terms in connection with such relationships and such relationships may expose us to the risk of unpaid or late paid invoices. In addition, we may provide fixtures to such partners that may be difficult to recover or re-use. Our wholesale customers may not purchase our products in the volume we expect.
16
Table of Contents
Profitability, if any, from sales to wholesale customers and new product offerings may be lower than from our direct-to-consumer model and current products, and we may not be successful enough in these newer activities to recoup our investments in them. If any of these issues were to arise, they could damage our reputation, limit our growth, and negatively affect our operating results.
We may be unsuccessful in opening any of our Company showrooms beyond the store we currently have at our headquarters in Lehi, Utah, the Company factory outlet in Salt Lake City, Utah and the newly opened Company showrooms in San Diego, California, Santa Clara, California, and Santa Monica, California. We have limited experience in opening and operating our Company showrooms. Operating our Company showrooms includes additional risks. For example, we will incur expenses and accept obligations related to additional leases, insurance, distribution and delivery challenges, increased employee management, and new marketing challenges. If we are not successful in our efforts to profitably operate these new stores, our reputation and brand could be damaged, growth could be limited, and our business may be harmed.
In addition, offerings of new products through our direct-to-consumer platform, wholesale distribution channel and our Company showrooms may present new and difficult challenges, and we may be subject to claims if customers of these offerings experience service disruptions or failures or other quality issues. Expansion of sales channels may require the development of additional, differentiated products to avoid price and distribution conflicts between and within sales channels. Wholesale expansion increases our risk as our wholesale partners will require delaying payments to us on net terms ranging from a few days to 60 or more days, or may delay paying us beyond the agreed-upon net terms or fail to pay. Our Company showroom expansion increases our risk for inventory shrinkage from destruction, theft, obsolescence and factors that render such inventory unusable or unsellable.
New products may come with the same warranty and return risks as mentioned above. New product offerings or expansion into new market channels or geographic regions may subject us to new or additional regulation, which would impose potentially significant compliance and distribution costs.
The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and responses thereto have adversely affected and we expect will continue to adversely affect aspects of our business operations, including, among other things, our supply chain, workforce, and liquidity.
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, SARS-CoV-2, and the resulting disease, COVID-19, has spread to multiple countries, including the United States and all of the primary markets where we conduct business. On March 10, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 outbreak a pandemic, and the U.S. government-imposed travel restrictions on travel between the United States and Europe for a 30-day period. Further, on March 13, 2020, the President of the United States declared the COVID-19 pandemic a national emergency, invoking powers under the Stafford Act, the legislation that directs federal emergency disaster response. Almost all U.S. states and many local jurisdictions have issued, and others in the future may issue, “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders and similar government orders, restrictions, and recommendations for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19. Such orders, restrictions and recommendations, and the perception that additional orders, restrictions or recommendations could occur, have resulted in widespread closures of businesses not deemed “essential,” work stoppages, slowdowns and delays, work-from-home policies, travel restrictions and cancellation of events, as well as record declines in stock prices, among other effects. We continue to monitor our operations and government mandates and may elect or be required to temporarily close our offices to protect our employees, and limit our access to customers and limit customer use of our products as they are required to prioritize resources to address the public healthcare needs arising from the COVID-19 pandemic. The disruptions to our activities and operations will negatively impact our business, operating results and financial condition. There is a risk that government actions, or lack thereof, will not be effective at containing COVID-19, and that government actions or inactions, including the orders and restrictions described above and premature lessening of those restrictions, that are intended to contain the spread of COVID-19 while
17
Table of Contents
also minimizing harm to the economy, will have a devastating negative impact on the world economy at large, in which case the risks to our sales, operating results and financial condition described herein would be elevated significantly.
The duration of the COVID-19 pandemic’s impact on our business may be difficult to assess or predict. The widespread pandemic has resulted, and may continue to result for an extended period, in significant disruption of global financial markets, reducing our ability to access capital, which would negatively affect our liquidity. While we have taken certain actions to manage our available cash, including temporarily reducing production schedules to match demand, temporarily furloughing a portion of our workforce, temporarily deferring 25% of the cash compensation of our Senior Executive and all cash compensation of our Board of Directors, and temporarily delaying non-maintenance capital expenditure projects and investments in non-essential initiatives, there is no guarantee that such measures will be successful in effectively managing our resources and mitigating the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and operating results. In addition, there is a risk that such actions could limit our ability to timely respond to changes in consumer demand for our products. Further, if we are unable to complete capital expenditure projects or investments in the future, we will be unable to grow our business, and our results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected.
Further, quarantines or government reaction or shutdowns for COVID-19 could disrupt our supply chain. Travel and import restrictions may also disrupt our ability to manufacture or distribute our products. Any import or export or other cargo restrictions related to our products or the raw materials used to manufacture our products would restrict our ability to manufacture and ship products and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our key personnel and other employees could also be affected by COVID-19, potentially reducing their availability. In addition, the government responses to COVID-19 or the procedures we take to mitigate its effect on our workforce could reduce the efficiency of our operations or prove insufficient to mitigate the adverse impact of COVID-19 on our business. We may delay or reduce certain capital spending and related projects until the travel and logistical impacts of COVID-19 are lifted, which will delay the completion of such projects.
Even after initial quarantines and other government restrictions are scaled back, there is risk that we will be unable to return to normal production and operations in a timely manner, due to, among other things, disruptions and delays in our supply chain, reduced demand in our wholesale and DTC channels, and difficulties in ramping up our own operations. We may also experience disputes with our suppliers and/or customers as a result of such difficulties. Further, there may be subsequent outbreaks of COVID-19 that could disrupt our operations. In addition, as employees return to work, we may face claims by such employees or regulatory authorities that we have not provided adequate protection to our employees with respect to the spread of COVID-19 at our facilities.
The global outbreak of COVID-19 continues to rapidly evolve. The ultimate impact of the COVID-19 outbreak is highly uncertain and subject to change. We do not yet know the full extent of potential delays or impacts on our business or the global economy as a whole. However, these effects have harmed our business, financial condition and results of operations in the near term and could have a continuing material impact on our operations, sales and ability to continue as a going concern. To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this ‘‘Risk Factors’’ section, such as those relating to our high level of indebtedness, our need to generate sufficient cash flows to service our indebtedness and our ability to comply with the covenants contained in the agreements that govern our indebtedness.
Customer demand for and our ability to sell and market our products, particularly within our wholesale business, have been and we expect will continue to be adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic and responses thereto.
The COVID-19 pandemic has created significant uncertainty in our business, slowed our anticipated wholesale partner and showroom plans and has resulted in a contraction of our wholesale business due to temporary shutdowns of non-essential businesses and shelter-at-home directives in most U.S. states. The future
18
Table of Contents
impact to our wholesale partners and consumer demand from the COVID-19 pandemic or a future health epidemic or other outbreak occurring in other locations, particularly in North America, is unknown. If we fail to anticipate changes in demand or consumer behavior resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic it could adversely affect our business or operating results.
If sales in our wholesale channel continue at depressed levels or further decline, including as a result of stay-at-home orders or temporary closures of our wholesale partners’ stores, our business will be adversely affected. Moreover, we may be impacted by difficulties experienced by our wholesale partners as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, including disruptions in their supply chains, their liquidity challenges and their ability to keep open or reopen retail locations. In addition, while in the quarter ended March 31, 2020 we experienced an increase in demand for our products through our DTC channel, there can be no guarantee that sales through our DTC channel will continue to increase or will not decline.
We may not be eligible to participate in the relief programs provided under the recently adopted Coronavirus Aid Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act and even if we are eligible we may not realize any material benefits from participating in such programs.
On March 27, 2020, the President of the United States signed the Coronavirus Aid Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act into law. The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. We are evaluating the applicability of the CARES Act to the Company, and the potential impacts on our business.
While we may determine to apply for programs available under the CARES Act, there is no guarantee that we will meet any eligibility requirements to participate in such programs or, even if we are able to participate, that such programs will provide meaningful benefit to our business.
In addition to the CARES Act, in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, the U.S. government and state/local governments may offer programs intended to assist employers. We may fail to qualify for or take advantage of such COVID-19 relief programs, which may have a negative impact on our business. In the event we obtain financing through a government COVID-19 stimulus program, such financing may impose additional restrictions on our business and how those funds are used, such as bringing employees back from furlough even if production levels remain reduced, restrictions on the payment of distributions or dividends and limits on executive pay that could adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain qualified key employees.
Our future growth and profitability depend upon the strength of our Purple brand and the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing programs and our ability to attract and retain customers.
We are highly dependent on the effectiveness of our marketing messages and the efficiency of our advertising expenditures in generating consumer awareness and sales of our products. We continue to evolve our marketing strategies, adjusting our messages, the amount we spend on advertising and where we spend it. We may not always be successful in developing effective messages and new marketing channels, as consumer preferences and competition change, and in achieving efficiency in our advertising expenditures.
We depend heavily on internet-based advertising to market our products through internet-based media and e-commerce platforms. If we are unable to continue utilizing such platforms, if those media and platforms diminish in importance or size, or if we are unable to direct our advertising to our target consumer groups, our advertising efforts may be ineffective, and our business could be adversely affected. The costs of advertising through these platforms have increased significantly, which has resulted in decreased efficiency in the use of our advertising expenditures, and we expect these costs may continue to increase in the future.
We have relationships with online services, search engines, affiliate marketing websites, directories and other website and e-commerce businesses to provide content, advertising and other links that direct customers to
19
Table of Contents
our website. We rely on these relationships as significant sources of traffic to our website and to generate new customers. If we are unable to develop or maintain these relationships or develop and maintain new relationships for newly developed and necessary marketing services on acceptable terms, our ability to attract new customers and our financial condition would suffer. In addition, current or future relationships or agreements may fail to produce the sales that we anticipate.
The cost of advertising for web-based platforms, such as Facebook, are increasing. Increasing advertising costs erode the efficiency of our advertising efforts. If we are unable to effectively manage our advertising costs or if our advertising efforts fail to produce the sales that we anticipate, our business could be adversely affected.
Consumers are increasingly using digital tools as a part of their shopping experience. As a result, our future growth and profitability will depend in part on (i) the effectiveness and efficiency of our online experience for disparate worldwide audiences, including advertising and search optimization programs in generating consumer awareness and sales of our products, (ii) our ability to prevent confusion among consumers that can result from search engines that allow competitors to use or bid on our trademarks to direct consumers to competitors’ websites, (iii) our ability to prevent Internet publication or television broadcast of false or misleading information regarding our products or our competitors’ products, (iv) the nature and tone of consumer sentiment published on various social media sites, and (v) the stability of our website. In recent years, a number of direct-to-consumer, Internet-based retailers, like us, have emerged and have driven up the cost of basic search terms, which has and may continue to increase the cost of our Internet-based marketing programs. More recently, the large traditional mattress manufacturers have been increasing their efforts to increase their direct-to-consumer sales which also is increasing the cost of our Internet-based marketing programs and cost of customer conversion.
In the past, we have been the target of publications by purported consumer reviewers who claim to have identified health and safety concerns with our products. While we believe such claims to be baseless, refuting such claims requires us to expend significant resources to educate current and potential customers on the safety of our products. Even if we are able to broadly disseminate factual information to refute such claims and reinforce the safety of our products, such claims and attendant adverse publicity could persist and damage our reputation and brand value and result in lower sales.
The number of third-party review websites is increasing, and such reviews are becoming increasingly influential with consumers. Negative reviews from such sources may receive widespread attention from consumers, which could damage our reputation and brand value and result in lower sales. If we are unable to effectively manage relationships with such reviewers to promote accurate reviews of our products, reviewers may decline to review our products or may post reviews with misleading information, which could damage our reputation and make it more difficult for us to improve our brand value.
If our marketing messages are ineffective or our advertising expenditures, geographic price-points, and other marketing programs, including digital programs, are inefficient in creating awareness and consideration of our products and brand name and in driving consumer traffic to our website, our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition may be adversely impacted. In addition, if we are not effective in preventing the publication of confusing, false or misleading information regarding our brand or our products, or if there arises significant negative consumer sentiment on social media regarding our brand or our products, our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition may be adversely impacted.
Our future growth and profitability depend, in part, upon our ability to achieve and maintain sufficient production capacity to meet customer demands.
We manufacture our mattresses using our proprietary and patented Mattress Max™ machinery to make our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® cushioning material. Because of the unique features of our Mattress Max machines, new machines are not readily available and must be constructed. We also have experienced inefficiencies in sourcing of materials and production of finished products. We have taken steps to improve our processes and
20
Table of Contents
capabilities, but if we are unable to maintain our improvements and continue our improvement initiatives to increase efficiencies, we may not be able to keep up with demand which would harm our business. If we are unable to construct new Mattress Max machines and implement them into our production process in a timely manner, if our existing Mattress Max machines are unable to function at the desired capacity, or if we are unable to develop replacements for the existing Mattress Max machines, our production capacity may be constrained and our ability to respond to customer demand may be adversely impacted. This would negatively impact our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability.
We have engaged in significant related-party transactions with affiliates and owners that may give rise to conflicts of interest, result in losses to the Company or otherwise adversely affect our operations and the value of our business.
We have engaged in numerous related-party transactions involving controlling persons and officers of the Company, as well as with other entities affiliated with controlling persons. Several of these transactions were entered into prior to the Business Combination. For example, since 2010, we have leased our facilities in Alpine, Utah from TNT Holdings, which is owned by Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce. As we grow, and our needs change, we may need to negotiate a termination or modification of this lease, and we have recently amended this lease to shift responsibility from TNT Holdings to the Company for arranging certain types of insurance. We have leased a new facility in Lehi, Utah and moved our headquarters into that building during the first quarter 2020. We currently intend to continue to lease the building in Alpine, Utah from TNT Holdings and use it as a facility for production, research and development and video productions. We also may at some time purchase this Alpine facility from TNT Holdings. Tony and Terry Pearce, either personally or through one or more of their other entities, also have tangible property located in this Alpine facility that has not been clearly identified and separated from our property. Although we expected this tangible property to be either removed or identified and separated in 2019, this has not yet occurred. Tony and Terry Pearce pay no rent or other compensation to us to store such property in our leased facility. While there is currently no dispute over the lease, and we do not anticipate a dispute, there could arise in the future a dispute between the Company and Tony and Terry Pearce over this lease, or ownership of the property located at this facility.
Prior to the Business Combination, we also entered into an Amended and Restated Confidential Assignment and License Back Agreement with EdiZONE, an entity beneficially owned and controlled by Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce through their ownership of TNT Holdings, pursuant to which EdiZONE transferred tangible and intellectual property to us and we licensed back to EdiZONE certain intellectual property previously licensed by EdiZONE to third parties prior to the Business Combination in order to enable EdiZONE to continue to meet certain pre-existing license obligations to those third parties. EdiZONE and the Pearces have agreed to not modify or extend these third-party licenses and to not enter new third-party licenses. As these third-party license obligations end, all rights under the license revert to the Company. These third parties include direct competitors to us that at the time of the Business Combination were not selling products through retail channels in which we were selling our products. One of these third parties is now a domestic competitor of ours, as it now sells mattresses through some of the same retailers through which we also sell our products. This competitor’s sales revenues are increasing, resulting in increasing royalties paid to EdiZONE from this licensee. Another third-party licensee may make it difficult for us to expand into certain geographic regions, such as the European Union. Casey McGarvey, our Chief Legal Officer, is also entitled to receive a small percent of such royalties from EdiZONE related to these third-party licenses, in accordance with a small investment made in EdiZONE years before the Business Combination. While the current license back to EdiZONE, as recently amended following the Business Combination, is much narrower than the license that existed at the time of the Business Combination, these third-party licenses, including licenses by EdiZONE to our competitors, may lead to conflicts of interest between us and our insiders receiving royalties. At the time this agreement with EdiZONE was first entered into, Purple LLC had only Tony and Terry Pearce as directors. Subsequent to the Business Combination, the license to EdiZONE was amended to broaden our rights and narrow EdiZONE’s rights with the approval of our independent directors.
Prior to the Business Combination, we also entered into a Shared Services Agreement with other entities controlled by Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce, including EdiZONE, which covered the provision of services to
21
Table of Contents
these entities by our employees. The Shared Services Agreement was terminated by us effective July 24, 2019. No legal or accounting services were provided by Purple LLC during 2019 prior to this termination.
Prior to the Business Combination, InnoHold, an entity owned by Terry and Tony Pearce and our controlling stockholder, also granted equity incentive awards in Purple LLC to certain key employees at that time. As a result of the structure of those awards being granted through a separate entity, the equity incentives were required, because of the structure of the Business Combination, to be exchanged for ownership units in InnoHold, to avoid those equity interests becoming of no value to the participants. Those participants’ ownership interests had certain restrictions, including vesting requirements. These equity incentives granted to key employees prior to the Business Combination are forfeited to the extent the grant to an employee is not yet fully vested at the time that such employee’s employment is terminated. Before and for a period of time since the Business Combination, all forfeitures occurring from departing employees have inured to the benefit of only the owners of InnoHold, and not all of our stockholders. This means that the forfeited equity did not increase our currently approved equity incentive pool. Because the forfeited equity resulting from these departures prior to this distribution was held at InnoHold, that forfeited equity did not replenish our equity incentive pool and could not be used for equity grants to those who have replaced and will replace these employees or for other purposes essential to the business. During 2019, to avoid future forfeitures from inuring only to the benefit of InnoHold’s owners, InnoHold distributed to the incentive participants their pro rata share of InnoHold’s ownership of Class B Common Stock in Purple Inc. and Class B Units in Purple LLC, after which any forfeitures would inure to the benefit of all of our stockholders. InnoHold distributed additional paired shares of Class B Common Stock in Purple Inc. and Class B Units in Purple LLC which also will be subject to the same vesting requirements and result in forfeitures inuring to the benefit of all shareholders. Our current equity incentive pool, as approved by the stockholders prior to the Business Combination in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, did not account for the departure, before this distribution by InnoHold, of such key employees who had existing equity grants through InnoHold, and there is a risk that we will have to seek approval from the Board and stockholders to refresh the equity incentive pool earlier than anticipated at the time of the Business Combination because of the unanticipated need to use shares from the existing pool to hire and retain other key employees needed to achieve the Company’s growth objectives. If the equity pool is not refreshed, there is a risk that we may not be able to hire and retain such key employees. If the equity pool is refreshed with authorized shares of the Company that are issued in accordance with our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, our stockholders will be diluted. Also, this distribution by InnoHold to the equity incentive participants has caused us to incur administrative expenses related to the distributions, the management of the differing vesting schedules and compliance with their rights under the distribution agreements. In addition, the calculations of the distributive share and related income tax withholdings with respect to holders of InnoHold’s Class B Units, as well as the processes by which such distributions and withholdings are made, are highly complex. As a result, there is a risk that the recipients of such distributions or other third parties may claim that we have miscalculated the distribution or income tax withholding amounts or failed to timely pay the taxes. The cost of responding to such claims, including but not limited to the diversion of management’s attention from our operations and defense or settlement costs, could negatively impact our operations and financial results.
In connection with the Business Combination, Purple LLC also entered into a Credit Agreement with certain lenders which was guaranteed by Purple Inc. The lenders also are stockholders and warrant holders of the Company and appointed one director to serve on our Board, Adam Gray. Further, on February 26, 2019, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between Purple LLC and the Lenders thereto, and each of the related documents, including the issuance of additional warrants to the Lenders, was closed and an incremental loan was funded. On March 27, 2020, this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement was amended to allow Purple LLC at its election a 5% paid-in-kind interest deferral for the first two quarters of 2020. The exercise of rights under this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by the Lenders may create conflicts of interest between us and Mr. Gray. Should additional credit be granted under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we will be required to issue to the Lenders additional incremental warrants on similar terms which could cause additional dilution of all shareholders’ interests.
See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 for a further discussion of all related-party transactions between the Company and insiders.
22
Table of Contents
Disruption of operations in either of our two manufacturing facilities, including as a result of natural disasters, could increase our costs of doing business or lead to delays in shipping our products.
We have two manufacturing plants, which are located in Alpine, Utah and Grantsville, Utah. Although we can produce some of our products at both sites, we have consolidated production of certain products at each site. Therefore, the disruption of operations of our manufacturing facilities, particularly where manufacturing has been consolidated, for a significant period of time, or even permanently, such as through a closure related to the COVID-19 pandemic or the loss of the lease, may increase our costs of doing business and lead to delays in shipping our products to customers. Such delays could adversely affect our sales, customer satisfaction, profitability, cash flows, liquidity and financial condition. Because both of our manufacturing plants are located within the same geographic region, regional economic downturns, natural disasters or other issues could potentially disrupt all of our manufacturing and other operating activities, which could adversely affect our business. On March 18, 2020, Magna, Utah was the epicenter of a 5.7 magnitude earthquake that was felt approximately 20 miles away at our Grantsville, Utah manufacturing plant but not felt at our Alpine, Utah manufacturing plant. Since that date, there have been approximately one-thousand aftershocks. Though no damage occurred at either manufacturing plant from the 5.7 earthquake or its aftershocks, continued or increased earthquake activity in the area could disrupt manufacturing and other operating activities, which could adversely affect our business.
We may not be able to successfully anticipate consumer trends and demand and our failure to do so may lead to loss of consumer acceptance of the products we sell, resulting in reduced net sales.
Our success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to changing trends and consumer demands in a timely manner. Changes in consumers’ tastes and trends and the resultant change in our product mix, as well as failure to offer our consumers multiple avenues for purchasing our products, could adversely affect our business and operating results. If we fail to identify and respond to emerging trends, consumer acceptance of the products we manufacture and sell and our image with current or potential customers may be harmed, which could reduce our net sales. If we misjudge market trends, we may significantly overstock inventory and be forced to take significant inventory markdowns, which would have a negative impact on our gross profit and cash flow. Conversely, shortages of inventory or time to fulfillment of our products that prove popular could also reduce our sales.
We have in some instances kept excess amounts of raw material inventory and some finished goods inventory, which could be susceptible to shrinkage that may harm our ability to use or sell such inventory and may adversely impact our profitability.
Although we attempt to maintain only the necessary amounts of raw material inventory on hand, in some instances we have accumulated excess amounts of raw materials inventory. We also have accumulated in the past excess amounts of some finished goods inventory, and we may again have excess amounts of some of our inventory. All such excess inventory is subject to shrinkage from destruction, theft, obsolescence and factors that render such inventory unusable or unsellable, and we have lost inventory for such reasons. While we take efforts to right-size all raw materials and finished goods inventory, if our efforts are not successful, we could continue to experience excess amounts of some items of raw materials and finished goods and related shrinkage that could adversely impact our cash flow, margins and profitability.
Failure to achieve and maintain a high level of product quality could negatively impact our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
Our products are highly differentiated from traditional mattresses, sheets, protectors, pillows and cushions. As a result, our products may be susceptible to failures that do not exist with traditional products. We also source some products from third parties whose products may have design or manufacturing defects of which we are not aware. Some of our suppliers of finished goods are in China and it may not be possible to obtain recourse for defects in products from those suppliers. We strive to ensure the quality of all finished goods we
23
Table of Contents
purchase, and we have discovered instances where quality of supplied products did not meet our high standards. Failure to discover defects or achieve and maintain acceptable quality standards could impact consumer acceptance of our products or could result in negative media and Internet reports or owner dissatisfaction that could negatively impact our brand image and sales levels.
In addition, a decline in product quality could result in an increase in return rates and a corresponding decrease in sales, or an increase in product warranty claims in excess of our warranty reserves. An unexpected increase in return rates or warranty claims could harm our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
We currently maintain FDA registrations on a select group of our cushions that are sold through third parties. We are subject to FDA registrations with respect to such products and there is a risk that an FDA inspection could lead to product recall of the FDA registered cushions. While the number of such products is small, a recall could result, among other things, in lost sales, diverted resources, potential harm to our reputation and increased customer service costs, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
As a consumer innovation company with differentiated products, we face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims if the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in personal injury or property damage. If any of our products proves to be defective, we may be required to recall or redesign such products. Such recalls of products can result in, among other things, lost sales, diverted resources, potential harm to our reputation and increased customer service costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
We maintain insurance against some forms of product liability claims, but such coverage may not be adequate for liabilities actually incurred. A successful claim brought against us in excess of available insurance coverage, or any claim that results in significant adverse publicity against us, may have a material adverse effect on our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
We are subject to warranty claims for our products, which could result in unexpected expense.
Our products carry warranties for defects in quality and workmanship. The amount of our reserve for return of products, discounts provided to affected customers and cost for returns or warranty claims has been increasing due to the increase in sales. We may experience significant expense as the result of future product quality issues, product recalls or product liability claims which may have a material adverse effect on our business. The actual costs of servicing future warranty claims may exceed our expectations and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Further, we may modify our warranties from time to time, and limitations to warranties intended to reduce the number of claims may result in customer dissatisfaction. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Significant product returns could harm our business.
We allow our customers to return products, subject to our returns policies. If product returns are higher than we anticipate, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. Further, we modify our policies and procedures relating to returns from time to time, and policies and methods of collecting returned products intended to reduce the number of product returns may result in customer dissatisfaction. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We have experienced return rates that are higher than originally anticipated. This increase has negatively impacted our business and profitability. If we are unable to continue to identify the causes of these increased returns or to counteract those causes, we may not be able to lower returns or prevent the rate of returns from increasing, which would continue to negatively impact our business and profitability.
24
Table of Contents
Adverse litigation judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved in the normal course of business could affect our operations and financial condition.
In the normal course of business, we may from time to time become involved in various legal proceedings. The outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted. It is possible that an unfavorable outcome of some or all of such matters could cause us to incur substantial liabilities that may have a material adverse effect upon our financial condition and results of operations. Any significant adverse litigation, judgments or settlements could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we are successful in defending against such litigation, the costs of making such a defense, which may or may not be covered by our insurance, could be significant and have a material adverse effect on our business. The quantity and scope of legal proceedings could cause an increase in the amount we pay for insurance coverage which could negatively affect our financial condition.
Our business could suffer if we are unsuccessful in making, integrating, and maintaining commercial agreements, strategic alliances, and other business relationships.
To successfully operate our business, we rely on commercial agreements and strategic relationships with suppliers, service providers and certain wholesale partners and customers. These arrangements can be complex and require substantial infrastructure capacity, personnel, and other resource commitments. Further, our business partners may have disruptions in their businesses or choose to no longer do business with us and the impact of such disruption or choices could be magnified to the extent such business partners represent a significant part of our business. We may not be able to implement, maintain, or develop the components of these commercial relationships. Moreover, we may not be able to enter into additional commercial relationships and strategic alliances on favorable terms or at all.
As our agreements terminate or relationships unwind, we may be unable to renew or replace these agreements on comparable terms, or at all. We may in the future enter into amendments on less favorable terms or encounter parties that have difficulty meeting their contractual obligations to us, which could adversely affect our operating results.
Our present and future services agreements, other commercial agreements, and strategic relationships create additional risks such as:
| • | disruption of our ongoing business, including loss of management focus on existing businesses; |
| • | impairment of other relationships; |
| • | variability in revenue and income from entering into, amending, or terminating such agreements or relationships; and |
| • | difficulty integrating under the commercial agreements. |
We have entered into arrangements with several wholesale partners through which we sell certain of our products in their retail stores. We anticipate increasing the number of these partnerships. Also, we have agreed to exclusivity of certain products with some of our wholesale partners. Our relationships with our wholesale partners may not be profitable to us or may impose additional costs that we would not otherwise incur under our prior DTC-only operations. Our wholesale partners may experience their own business disruptions, including for example bankruptcy, that could affect their ability to continue to do business with us. Our wholesale partners may engage in conduct that could breach the exclusivity rights of other wholesale partners. Further, maintaining these relationships may require the commitment of significant amounts of time, financial resources and management attention, and may result in prohibitions on certain sales channels through exclusivity requirements, which may adversely affect other aspects of our business.
25
Table of Contents
We have opened a Company factory outlet and four Company showrooms. Our business is expanding into additional Company showrooms which, like our online e-commerce retail store, will compete with our wholesale partners for customers. Our relationships with our wholesale partners may be adversely affected by this competition. In our effort to make our products available to consumers in multiple retail channels, there is the risk that sales may diminish in other channels, costs may be incurred without an increase in overall sales and our wholesale partners may no longer carry our products. Managing an omni-channel distribution strategy, including the relationships with business partners in each channel, may require significant amounts of time, resources and attention which may adversely affect other aspects of our business.
Current and future economic conditions could materially adversely affect our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
Our business has been affected by general business and economic conditions, and these conditions could have an impact on future demand for our products. The global economy remains unstable, and we expect the economic environment to continue to be challenging.
Our sales depend, in part, on discretionary spending by our customers. Pressure on discretionary income brought on by general economic downturns and slow recoveries may cause consumers to reduce the amount they spend on discretionary items. If recovery from any economic downturn is slow or prolonged, our growth, prospects, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition could be adversely impacted.
General economic conditions and discretionary spending are beyond our control and are affected by, among other things, reduced consumer demand for products; insolvency of potential customers; insolvency of our key suppliers resulting in product delays; inability of consumers to obtain credit to finance purchases of our products; decreased consumer confidence; and inability for us, our customers and our suppliers to accurately forecast future product demand trends. If such conditions are experienced in future periods, our industry, business and results of operations could be adversely impacted.
We operate in a highly competitive Comfort Industry, and if we are unable to compete successfully, we may lose customers and our sales may decline.
The Comfort Industry market is highly competitive and fragmented. We face competition from many manufacturers (including competitors that primarily manufacture and import from China and other low-cost countries), traditional brick-and-mortar retailers and online retailers, including direct-to-consumer competitors. Participants in the Comfort Industry compete primarily on price, quality, brand name recognition, product availability and product performance and compete across a range of distribution channels. The highly competitive nature of the Comfort Industry means we are continually subject to the risk of loss of market share, loss of significant customers, reductions in margins, and the inability to acquire new customers.
A number of our significant competitors offer products that compete directly with our products. Any such competition by established manufacturers and retailers or new entrants into the market could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Comfort Industry manufacturers and retailers are seeking to increase their channels of distribution and are looking for new ways to reach the consumer. Like us, many newer competitors in the mattress industry have begun to offer “bed-in-a-box” or similar products directly to consumers through the Internet and other distribution channels. Some of our established competitors have begun to offer “bed-in-a-box” products as well. Many of our competitors source their products from countries such as China and Vietnam, where the costs may be lower than our costs. Companies providing for the distribution of mattresses online or through retail stores, such as Amazon and Walmart, also have begun to offer competing products in their respective channels. In addition, retailers outside the U.S. have integrated vertically in the furniture and bedding industries, and it is possible that retailers may acquire other retailers or may seek to vertically integrate in the U.S. by acquiring a mattress manufacturer.
26
Table of Contents
Many of our current and potential competitors may have substantially greater financial support, technical and marketing resources, larger customer bases, longer operating histories, greater name recognition, mature distribution methods, and more established relationships in the industry than we do and sell products through broader and more established distribution channels. These competitors, or new entrants into the market, may compete aggressively and gain market share with existing or new products, and may pursue or expand their presence in the Comfort Industry. We cannot be sure we will have the resources or expertise to compete successfully in the future. We have limited ability to anticipate the timing and scale of new product introductions, advertising campaigns or new pricing strategies by our competitors, which could inhibit our ability to retain or increase market share, or to maintain our product margins. Our current and potential competitors may secure better terms from vendors, adopt more aggressive pricing, and devote more resources to technology, infrastructure, fulfillment, and marketing. Also, due to the large number of competitors and their wide range of product offerings, we may not be able to continue to differentiate our products through value, styling or functionality from those of our competitors. Our products are also typically heavier than others and some markets we wish to expand into will not support delivery of our heavy products through parcel services or other affordable home delivery services, limiting our ability to serve the market.
One competitor, which has been a licensee of EdiZONE for over fifteen years, uses substantially similar technology to our Hyper-Elastic Polymer material and Purple Grid in its own mattress, topper and pillow products sold through branded retail stores domestically and in Canada. This competitor has been growing its sales and now distributes its products through wholesale partners with retail locations where our mattresses are sold. This competitor may continue to increase its sales and expand into additional distribution channels which could erode our sales in those retail locations and channels. The continuing growth of this single competitor could adversely affect our business.
A consolidation of the domestic market for foam may increase the prices for foam in the geographical market in which we purchase foam, which could adversely affect our business. We source a specialized type of foam from a supplier who is in bankruptcy, and the result of that litigation may affect our ability to continue to obtain that specialized foam and require us to modify our product offerings, lose sales or incur increased expenses that could adversely affect our cash flows, margins and profitability.
In addition, the barriers to entry into the retail bedding industry are relatively low. New or existing bedding retailers could enter our markets and increase the competition we face. Competition in existing and new markets may also prevent or delay our ability to gain relative market share. Any of the developments described above could have a material adverse effect on our planned growth and future results of operations.
We will face different market dynamics and competition as we develop new products to expand our presence in our target markets. In some markets, our future competitors may have greater brand recognition and broader distribution than we currently enjoy. We may not be as successful as our competitors in generating revenues in those markets due to the lack of recognition of our brands, lack of customer acceptance, lack of product quality history and other factors. As a result, any new expansion efforts could be costlier and less profitable than our efforts in our existing markets. If we are not as successful as our competitors are in our target markets, our sales could decline, our margins could be impacted negatively and we could lose market share, any of which could materially harm our business.
If we are unable to effectively compete with other manufacturers and retailers of mattresses, pillows and cushions, our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition may be adversely impacted.
The results of the U.S. Department of Commerce’s antidumping investigation could have a negative impact on our planned growth and future results of operations.
The U.S. Department of Commerce (the “Department”) previously opened an antidumping investigation into whether mattresses imported from China are being sold into the United States at below fair market value. The
27
Table of Contents
investigation results from a petition filed by U.S. mattress manufacturers claiming that in recent years Chinese exporters have unfairly made large gains in market share by undercutting prices. On May 29, 2019, the Department made a preliminary determination to impose import duties on Chinese exporters. On October 18, 2019, the Department made its final determination imposing import duties on exporters of Chinese mattresses. The U.S. International Trade Commission (the “ITC”) made its final injury determination on December 9, 2019. On December 16, 2019, the Department issued an antidumping duty order directing the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) to assess, upon further instruction by the Department, antidumping duties equal to the amount by which the normal value of the merchandise exceeds the export price, or constructed export price, of the subject merchandise for all relevant entries of mattresses from China. However, if the antidumping duties do not result in the prevention of dumping of underpriced Chinese mattresses into the U.S. market, or if the import duties enacted by the Department or the antidumping order issued by the ITC are removed, rescinded, or modified, we could experience or continue to experience a negative impact on our planned growth and the future results of operations.
In addition, in March 2020 several U.S. mattress manufacturers and two labor unions announced that they filed seven antidumping duty petitions and one countervailing duty petition with the Department charging that unfairly traded imports of finished mattresses from eight countries are causing material injury to the U.S. mattress industry. If the Department fails to open an investigation or fails to impose antidumping duties on the named exporting countries, we could experience continued negative impact on our planned growth and future results of operations.
We may not be able to protect our product designs and other proprietary rights adequately, which could adversely affect our competitive position and reduce the value of our products and brands, and litigation to protect our intellectual property rights may be costly.
We attempt to strengthen and differentiate our product portfolio by developing new and innovative brands, product designs and functionality and materials for use in our products. We regard our trademarks, service marks, copyrights, patents, trade dress, trade secrets, proprietary technology, and similar intellectual property as critical to our success, and we rely on trademark, copyright, and patent law, trade secret protection, and confidentiality agreements and license agreements with our vendors, contractors, employees, customers, and others to protect our proprietary rights.
We own various U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications related to certain elements of the design and function of our products including mattresses, pillows, cushions and related products, as well as related to proprietary formulas and related technology for certain materials used in the manufacturing of our products. We own numerous registered and unregistered trademarks and trademark applications, as well as other intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, trade dress and copyrights, which we believe have significant value and are important to the marketing of our products. Our success will depend in part on our ability to protect our products, methods, processes and other technologies, to preserve our trade secrets, and to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of third parties.
As we continue to increase our innovations and create new products and technologies, and as we enter new product spaces, we may be limited by the intellectual property rights of others. We respect the intellectual property rights of others; however, our ability to innovate and increase our product footprint may be limited by the intellectual property rights of those other parties.
Despite our efforts, we may not be able to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. Effective protection or enforcement of intellectual property rights may be unavailable or limited in the jurisdictions in which we do business. We also may be unable to acquire or maintain appropriate trademarks and domain names in all jurisdictions in which we do business. Furthermore, regulations governing domain names may not protect our trademarks and similar proprietary rights. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe upon, or diminish the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights.
28
Table of Contents
The protection of our intellectual property may require the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We may not be able to discover or determine the extent of all unauthorized use of our proprietary rights. Policing the unauthorized use of our proprietary technology, trademarks and copyrights can be difficult and expensive. Litigation might be necessary to protect our intellectual property rights, which may be costly and may divert our management’s attention away from our core business. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that litigation would result in an outcome favorable to us. Third parties that license our proprietary rights also may take actions that diminish the value of our proprietary rights or reputation. We also cannot be certain that others will not independently develop or otherwise acquire equivalent or superior technology or other intellectual property rights. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights adequately, it would have a negative impact on our operations.
We, or the owners of any intellectual property rights licensed to us, may be subject to claims that we or such licensors have infringed the proprietary rights of others, which could require us and our licensors to obtain a license or change designs.
We have been subject to, and expect to continue to be subject to, claims and legal proceedings regarding alleged infringement by us of the intellectual property rights of third parties. Although we do not believe any of our products infringe upon the proprietary rights of others, there is no assurance that infringement or invalidity claims (or claims for indemnification resulting from infringement claims) will not be asserted or prosecuted against us or those from whom we have licenses or that any such assertions or prosecutions will not have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of whether any such claims are valid or can be asserted successfully, defending against such claims could cause us to incur costs and could divert resources away from our other activities. In addition, assertion of infringement claims could result in injunctions that prevent us from distributing our products. If any claims or actions are asserted against us or those from whom we have licenses, we may seek to obtain a license to the intellectual property rights that are in dispute. Such a license may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all, which could force us to change our designs.
Purple LLC has licensed certain intellectual property to EdiZONE, LLC, which is owned by Tony and Terry Pearce via TNT Holdings, LLC, for the purpose of enabling EdiZONE to meet its contractual obligations to licensees of EdiZONE under contracts entered into years before the Business Combination, and some of those licensees are competitors of Purple LLC and have exclusivity rights that Purple LLC is required to observe.
Purple LLC has licensed to EdiZONE, LLC, which is an entity owned by Tony and Terry Pearce through TNT Holdings, LLC, certain intellectual property rights for use by EdiZONE outside of the consumer comfort market. Prior to the Business Combination, EdiZONE’s business model was the creation and licensing of intellectual property, and it had granted many licenses over time, most of which were terminated prior to the Business Combination. When EdiZONE assigned its intellectual property to Purple LLC it received in return a license back of the intellectual property it needed to maintain its contractual obligations under the licenses that still were in place at that time. After the Business Combination, this license back to EdiZONE has been amended with the cooperation of Purple LLC, EdiZONE and the Pearces to further narrow EdiZONE’s rights, in order to minimize the conflicts of interest that may exist. Although there are no conflicts of interest foreseen at this time, if conflicts of interest do arise and are not properly addressed, disputes may occur which may be detrimental to the Company.
EdiZONE previously entered into licenses, as described above, for comfort-related intellectual property. These licenses include exclusivity rights that may prohibit us from selling our existing mattresses or potentially new products in certain geographic areas, including domestically and in the European Union. That risk may be addressed by redesign of the configuration of the Hyper-Elastic Polymer in that geographic region by either using existing technologies already assigned by EdiZONE to Purple LLC or developing new technologies. Alternatively, that risk may not exist at all to the extent Purple LLC’s current mattress products are the subject of expired patent rights licensed by that licensee or because Purple LLC is not the licensor. However, there can be no assurance that our future sales in these geographic territories, if any, will not be challenged by the licensee as a violation of the license agreements, or that any redesigned mattresses created by us will be successful. If Purple LLC’s activities are challenged by a licensee, Purple LLC has an indemnification obligation to EdiZONE and the Pearces, which may be an expense to the Company.
29
Table of Contents
In addition, if these third parties violate their licenses or infringe on intellectual property owned by Purple LLC and Purple LLC is unable to take effective action against such violating or infringing parties, we may be unable to protect against this infringement or the effects of such violations and our business could be harmed.
Purple LLC has obtained, with the cooperation of EdiZONE and the Pearces, the right to enforce its intellectual property rights at Purple LLC’s option, contingent on Purple LLC’s agreement to indemnify EdiZONE and fund the expense of such enforcement. In the event such enforcement is deemed necessary by Purple LLC, Purple LLC may not be able to enforce its rights and may not be successful in any such efforts to enforce its intellectual property rights and this may harm our business.
Substantial and increasingly intense competition worldwide in e-commerce may harm our business.
Consumers who might purchase our products from us online have a wide variety of alternatives for purchasing competing mattresses, pillows and cushions, including traditional brick and mortar retailers (as well as the online and mobile operations of these traditional retailers), other online direct-to-consumer retailers and their related mobile offerings, online and offline classified services, online retailer platforms, such as Amazon.com, and other shopping channels, such as offline and online home shopping networks.
The Internet and mobile networks provide new, rapidly evolving and intensely competitive channels for the sale of all types of goods and services, including products that compete directly with our products. Consumers who purchase mattresses, pillows and cushions through us have more and more alternatives, and merchants have more online channels to reach consumers. We expect competition to continue to intensify. Online and offline businesses increasingly are competing with each other and our competitors include a number of online and offline retailers with significant resources, large user communities and well-established brands. Moreover, the barriers to entry into these channels can be low, and businesses easily can launch online sites or mobile platforms and applications at nominal cost by using commercially available software or partnering with any of a number of successful e-commerce companies. As we respond to changes in the competitive environment, we may, from time to time, make pricing, service or marketing decisions or acquisitions that may be controversial with and lead to dissatisfaction among our customers, which could reduce activity on our platform and harm our profitability.
In addition, sellers in our industry are increasingly utilizing multiple sales channels, including the acquisition of new customers by paying for search-related advertisements on horizontal search engine sites, such as Google, Yahoo!, Naver and Baidu. We use product search engines and paid search advertising to help users find our sites, but these services also have the potential to divert users to other online shopping destinations. Consumers may choose to search for products with a horizontal search engine or shopping comparison website, and such sites may also send users to other shopping destinations. Consumers may not be familiar with or confused by our current web address: purple.com.
We also face increased competitive pressure as the competitive norm for, and the expected level of service from, e-commerce has significantly increased, due to, among other factors, improved user experience, greater ease of buying goods, lower (or no) shipping costs, faster delivery times and more favorable return policies. Also, certain platform businesses, many of whom are larger than us or have greater capitalization, have a dominant and secure position in other industries or certain significant markets, and offer a broader variety of Comfort Industry products to consumers and retailers that we do not offer. If we are unable to change our product offerings in ways that reflect the changing demands of e-commerce and mobile commerce marketplaces, particularly the higher growth of sales of fixed-price items and higher expected service levels, or compete effectively with and adapt to changes in larger platform businesses, our business will suffer.
Some of our e-commerce competitors offer a significantly broader range of products and services than we do. Competitors with other revenue sources may be able to devote more resources to marketing and promotional campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote more resources to website, mobile platforms and applications and systems development than we can. Other direct-to-consumer retailers
30
Table of Contents
and e-commerce competitors may offer or continue to offer faster shipping, free shipping, delivery on Sunday, same-day delivery, favorable return policies or other transaction-related services which improve the user experience on their sites and which could be impractical or inefficient for us to match. Competitors may be able to innovate faster and more efficiently, and new technologies may increase competitive pressure by enabling competitors to offer more efficient or lower-cost services.
If we cannot keep pace with rapid technological developments to provide new and innovative programs, products and services, the use of our products and our revenues could decline.
Rapid, significant technological changes continue to confront the industries in which we operate. We cannot predict the effect of technological changes on our business. We expect that new services and technologies applicable to the industries in which we operate will continue to emerge. These new services and technologies may be superior to, or render obsolete, the technologies we currently use in our products and services. Incorporating new technologies into our products and services may require substantial expenditures and take considerable time, and ultimately may not be successful. In addition, our ability to adopt new services and develop new technologies may be inhibited by industry-wide standards, new laws and regulations, resistance to change from clients or merchants, or third parties’ intellectual property rights. Our success will depend on our ability to develop new technologies and adapt to technological changes and evolving industry standards.
A reduction in the availability of credit to consumers generally or under our existing consumer credit programs could harm our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
We offer financing to consumers through third-party consumer finance companies. During the year ended December 31, 2019, approximately 20% of our sales were financed through third-party consumer finance companies. The amount of credit available to consumers may be adversely impacted by macroeconomic factors that affect the financial position of consumers as suppliers of credit adjust their lending criteria. In addition, changes in federal regulations effective in 2010 placed additional restrictions on all consumer credit programs, including limiting the types of promotional credit offerings that may be offered to consumers.
These third-party consumer finance companies offer consumer financing options to our customers through agreements that may be terminated by us or the companies upon thirty days’ prior written notice. These consumer finance companies have discretion to control the content of financing offers to our customers and to set minimum credit standards under which credit is extended to customers.
Reduction of credit availability due to changing economic conditions, changes in regulatory requirements, or the termination of our agreements with third-party consumer finance companies could harm our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
We attempt to maintain only the necessary amounts of raw material inventory and products, which could leave us vulnerable to shortages in supply of components and products that may harm our ability to satisfy consumer demand and may adversely impact our sales and profitability.
We attempt to maintain only the necessary amounts of products and raw material inventory on hand, which could leave us vulnerable to shortages in supply of products or components that may harm our ability to satisfy consumer demand and may adversely impact our sales and profitability. Lead times for ordered components and products may vary significantly, especially as we source some of our materials and products from China or other countries. Our business may be harmed by legal, regulatory, economic, political and unforeseen risks associated with international trade in those countries. Moreover, we may experience increased costs in sourcing Chinese materials as a result of the uncertain status of the U.S.-China trade relationship or may experience related disruption if we seek to replace Chinese suppliers with suppliers in other countries. In addition, some components used to manufacture our products are provided on a sole source basis. Any unexpected shortage of products or materials caused by any disruption of supply or an unexpected increase in the
31
Table of Contents
demand for our products, could lead to delays in shipping our beds to customers. Any such delays could adversely affect our sales, customer satisfaction, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
We rely upon several key suppliers that are, in some instances, the only source of supply currently used by us for particular products, materials, components or services. A disruption in the supply or substantial increase in cost of any of these products or services could harm our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
We currently obtain all of the raw materials and components used to produce our mattresses, pillows and cushions from outside sources. In some cases, we have chosen to obtain these materials and components from suppliers who serve as the only source of supply, or who supply the vast majority of our needs of the particular material or component. While we believe that these materials and components, or suitable replacements, could be obtained from other sources, in the event of a disruption or loss of supply of relevant materials or components for any reason, we may not be able to find alternative sources of supply, or if found, may not be found on comparable terms. In addition, a change in the financial condition of some of our suppliers could impede their ability to provide products to us in a timely manner.
If our relationship with the primary supplier of our mineral oil is terminated, we could have short-term difficulty in replacing this source since there are relatively few other suppliers presently capable of supplying the local volume that we would need in a short period of time.
Fluctuations in the price, availability and quality of raw materials could cause delays that could result in our inability to provide goods to our customers or could increase our costs, either of which could decrease our earnings.
In manufacturing products, we use various commodity components, such as polyurethane foam, oil, our spring units, ingredients for our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material, our water-based adhesive and other raw materials. Because we are dependent on outside suppliers for our raw materials, fluctuations in their price, availability, and quality could have a negative effect on our cost of sales and our ability to meet our customers’ demands. Competitive and marketing pressures may prevent us from passing along price increases to our customers, and the inability to meet our customers’ demands could cause us to lose sales.
Our success is highly dependent on our ability to provide timely delivery to our customers, and any disruption in our delivery capabilities or our related planning and control processes may adversely affect our operating results.
An important part of our success is due to our ability to deliver our products to our customers in a timely manner. This in turn is due to our successful planning and distribution infrastructure, including ordering, transportation and receipt processing, the ability of our suppliers to meet our distribution requirements and the ability of our contractors to meet our delivery requirements. Our ability to maintain this success depends on the continued identification and implementation of improvements to our planning processes, distribution infrastructure and supply chain. We also need to ensure that our distribution infrastructure and supply chain keep pace with our anticipated growth and increased product output. The cost of these enhanced processes could be significant and any failure to maintain, grow or improve them could adversely affect our operating results.
We rely on FedEx and other carriers to deliver our products to customers on a timely, convenient, and cost-effective basis. We also rely on the systems of such carriers to provide us with accurate information about the status and delivery of our products. Any disruption to the business of FedEx or our other delivery carriers could cause our business to be adversely affected. Any significant delay in deliveries to our customers could lead to increased cancellations and returns and cause us to lose sales. Any increase in freight charges could increase our costs of doing business and harm our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition. Lack of accurate information from such carriers could damage our brand and our relationship with our customers.
32
Table of Contents
Our business could also be adversely affected if there are delays in product shipments to us due to freight difficulties, delays in product shipments clearing U.S. Customs for reasons of non-compliance or otherwise, challenges with our suppliers or contractors involving strikes or other difficulties at their principal transport providers or otherwise. Our business could also be adversely affected if the business of our suppliers is disrupted because of infectious diseases or fear thereof such that quarantines, factory closures, labor disturbances, and transportation delays result. Such delays and events could adversely affect our profitability and reputation.
We have experienced delays in the timely delivery of our mattress products. These delays have caused customer dissatisfaction with their experience with the Company and, in some cases, customers have cancelled their orders or returned their mattresses. We believe we have rectified these delays with both internal operating and customer service controls and improvements by our third-party delivery providers. We have contracted with new delivery providers. If we are unable to correct these deficiencies, we may suffer lost sales, damage to our reputation and liabilities to customers that could have a material adverse impact on our business.
Our operating results are subject to fluctuations, including as a result of seasonality, which could make sequential quarter-to-quarter comparisons an unreliable indication of our performance and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
We believe that our sales of products are typically subject to modest seasonality inherent in the bedding industry. Our sales in a particular quarter can be impacted by new product launches and channel expansion. Additionally, the U.S. bedding industry generally experiences increases in sales around holidays and promotional periods. This seasonality means that a sequential quarter-to-quarter comparison may not be a good indication of our performance or of how we will perform in the future.
Our business operations could be disrupted if our information technology systems fail to perform adequately or are disrupted by natural disasters or other catastrophes or if we are unable to protect the integrity and security of our information systems.
We depend largely upon our information technology systems in the conduct of all aspects of our operations. If our information technology systems fail to perform as anticipated, we could experience difficulties in virtually any area of our operations, including but not limited to receiving orders from customers, replenishing inventories or delivering our products. We may be required to incur significant capital expenditures in the pursuit of improvements or upgrades to our management information systems. These efforts may take longer and may require greater financial and other resources than anticipated, may cause distraction of key personnel, and may cause short-term disruptions to our existing systems and our business. If we experience difficulties in implementing new or upgraded information systems or experience significant system failures, or if we are unable to successfully modify our information systems to respond to changes in our business needs, our ability to run our business could be adversely affected. It is also possible that our competitors could develop better e-commerce platforms than ours, which could negatively impact our sales.
In addition, our systems may experience service interruptions or degradation due to hardware and software defects or malfunctions, computer denial-of-service and other cyberattacks, human error, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, natural disasters, power losses, disruptions in telecommunications services, fraud, military or political conflicts, terrorist attacks, computer viruses, or other events. Our systems are also subject to break-ins, sabotage, information hijacking or ransom, and intentional acts of vandalism. Some of our systems are not fully redundant and our disaster recovery planning is not sufficient for all eventualities. Any of these or other systems related problems could, in turn, adversely affect our sales and profitability.
33
Table of Contents
Our business and our reputation could be adversely affected by the failure to protect sensitive employee, customer and consumer data, or to comply with evolving regulations relating to our obligation to protect such data.
In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store certain personal information from individuals, such as our customers and suppliers, and we process customer payment card and check information for purchases via our website. In addition, we may share with third-parties personal information we have collected. Cyber-attacks designed to gain access to sensitive information by breaching security systems of large organizations leading to unauthorized release of confidential information have occurred recently at a number of major U.S. companies despite widespread recognition of the cyber-attack threat and improved data protection methods. Computer hackers may attempt to penetrate our computer system or the systems of third-parties with which we have shared personal information and, if successful, misappropriate personal information, payment card or check information or confidential Company business information. In addition, a Company employee, contractor or other third party with whom we do business may attempt to circumvent our security measures in order to obtain such information and may purposefully or inadvertently cause a breach involving such information.
We and third-parties with which we have shared personal information have been subject to attempts to breach the security of networks, IT infrastructure, and controls through cyber-attack, malware, computer viruses, social engineering attacks, and other means of unauthorized access. To the best of our knowledge, attempts to breach our networks and IT infrastructure have not been successful to date, but we have been a victim of a spear-phishing attack. A breach of systems that resulted in the unauthorized release of sensitive data could adversely affect our reputation and lead to financial losses from remedial actions or potential liability, possibly including punitive damages. An electronic security breach resulting in the unauthorized release of sensitive data from information systems could also materially increase the costs we already incur to protect against these risks. We continue to balance the additional risk with the cost to protect us against a breach. Additionally, while losses arising from a breach may be covered in part by insurance that we carry, such coverage may not be adequate for liabilities or losses actually incurred.
We may be subject to data privacy and data breach laws in the states in which we do business, and as we expand into other countries, we may be subject to additional data privacy laws and regulations. State data privacy laws (such as the California Consumer Privacy Act), including application and interpretation, are rapidly evolving. While we attempt to comply with such laws, we may not be in compliance at all times in all respects. Failure to comply with such laws may subject us to fines, administrative actions, and reputational harm.
We are subject to payments-related risks.
We accept direct to consumer and retail store payments using a variety of methods, including credit card, debit card, credit accounts (including promotional financing), gift cards, direct debit from a customer’s bank account, electronic payments (e.g., PayPal and Venmo), consumer invoicing and physical bank check. For existing and future payment options we offer to our customers, we may become subject to additional regulations and compliance requirements (including obligations to implement enhanced authentication processes that could result in significant costs and reduce the ease of use of our payment methods). For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs and negatively impact our profitability. We rely on third parties to provide certain payment methods and payment processing services, including the processing of credit cards, debit cards, electronic checks, electronic fund transfers, and promotional financing. In each case, it could disrupt our business if these companies become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us.
Our direct to consumer customers primarily use credit cards to buy from us. We are subject to the policies, procedures and rules of credit card issuers and payment card processors. We are completely dependent upon our payment card processors to process the sales transactions and remit the proceeds to us. The payment
34
Table of Contents
card processors have the right to withhold funds otherwise payable to us to establish or increase reserves based on their assessment of the inherent risks of payment card processing and their assessment of the risks of processing our customers’ payment cards at any time, and have done so from time to time in the past. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules, including data security rules, certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted in ways that make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we fail to comply with any of these policies, procedures, rules or requirements, or if our data security systems are breached or compromised, we may be liable for card issuing banks’ costs, subject to fines and higher transaction fees, and lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from our customers, process electronic funds transfers, or facilitate other types of online payments, and our business and operating results could be adversely affected. In addition, events affecting our payment card processors, including cyber-attacks, Internet or other infrastructure or communications impairment or other events that could interrupt the normal operation of the payment card processors, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Credit card fraud and our response to it could adversely affect our business.
We have received and anticipate we will continue to receive orders placed with fraudulent credit card data. If we fail to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions it could reduce our net revenues and our gross profit or cause credit card or payment system companies to increase their fees to us or disallow their cards’ use for customer payments on our website. We may suffer losses as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit card data even if the associated financial institution approved payment of the orders. Under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions because we do not obtain a cardholder’s signature. If we are unable to detect or control credit card fraud, claims against us for these transactions could harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operation.
Further, to the extent that our efforts to prevent fraudulent orders result in our inadvertent refusal to fill legitimate orders, we would lose the benefit of legitimate potential sales and risk the alienation of legitimate customers. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are at risk of fraudulent returns.
We believe some customers have processed a return of their purchased mattress products, and received a refund of the purchase price, fraudulently. If we fail to detect and prevent these fraudulent activities, we will suffer losses that would adversely affect our profitability. Also, our efforts to monitor and prevent fraud committed by customers could alienate legitimate customers which also could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We depend on a few key employees, and if we lose the services of certain of our principal executive officers, we may not be able to run our business effectively.
Our future success depends in part on our ability to attract and retain key executive, merchandising, marketing, sales, finance, operations and engineering personnel. If any of our executive officers cease to be employed by us, we would have to hire additional qualified personnel. Our ability to successfully attract and hire other experienced and qualified executive officers cannot be assured and may be difficult because we face competition for these professionals from our competitors, our suppliers and other companies operating in our industry and in our geographic locations. Since the Business Combination, we have hired a new Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and a Chief Retail Officer. We have also experienced the departure of the prior Chief Marketing Officer and the prior Chief Branding Officer. These departures and any delay in replacing these executives could significantly disrupt our ability to grow and pursue our strategic plans. We are currently in the process of searching for a qualified replacement for our Chief Marketing Officer. While we believe our new executive officers have benefitted and will continue to benefit us, finding qualified replacements is time-consuming, takes Company resources, and can disrupt our growth and achievement of strategic plans.
35
Table of Contents
Further, the involvement of Tony and Terry Pearce has been crucial to the success of our company because of their extensive experience with and technical knowledge of our products. Pursuant to the employment agreements that have been entered into with them in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, they are not required to work a particular number of hours for us or to be based at any particular location. While still providing services to us under their employment agreements, both Tony and Terry Pearce have reduced their time spent in the office. If we are unsuccessful in our efforts to build out our research and development capabilities around the many technologies conceived by Tony and Terry Pearce, our ability to develop new technologies and innovative products may be adversely affected.
Our business exposes us to personal injury, property damage and product liability claims, which could result in adverse publicity and harm to our brands and our results of operations.
We may be subject to personal injury, property damage and product liability claims for the products that we sell or related to the Company showrooms we will operate. Any personal injury, property damage or product liability claim made against us, whether or not it has merit, could be time consuming and costly to defend, resulting in adverse publicity, or damage to our reputation, and have an adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, any negative publicity involving our vendors, employees, labor contractors, delivery contractors and other parties who are not within our control could negatively impact us.
Further, the products we sell are subject to regulation by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) and similar state and international regulatory authorities. Such products could be subject to recalls and other actions by these authorities. Product safety concerns may require us to voluntarily remove selected products from our stores. Such recalls and voluntary removal of products can result in, among other things, lost sales, diverted resources, potential harm to our reputation and increased customer service costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
We have complied with CPSC regulations to voluntarily report our discovery of a potential defect in an accessory product supplied to us and some of our competitors by third parties which has resulted in some failures of the product to perform as intended and which could be determined to be a substantial product hazard for our customers. A handful of minor injuries have been reported, although no serious injuries have been substantiated as a result of such failures. We temporarily stopped selling this product while we investigated and worked with the CPSC to make sure appropriate action is taken. We independently developed an improvement to ensure that this product functions properly for the intended useful life, and the CPSC has concluded that we may implement our improvement on products previously purchased by our customers and in inventory. As a result, we will make this improvement available to our customers and begin selling this accessory product again. We anticipate at this time 50% of our customers who purchased this product will desire to receive our improvement which we will ship to them at no cost. Since we will incur the cost of this improvement, if our estimate is too low, we may incur additional expenses. Contacting customers with this improvement also may result in an increase in warranty claims or claims of injury or damage prior to receiving the improvement that has not yet been communicated to us. If a customer is harmed by a product failure there also could be litigation and expenses related to a claim of personal injury, which could harm our brand and reputation and negatively affect our operating results.
We have received notice from the CPSC of several purported consumer complaints regarding some of our products. While we believe such complaints to be baseless, in terms of the alleged harms and, in some cases, the individual’s actual use of our product, we are required to devote significant amounts of time, attention and other resources, including financial resources, to investigating and responding to such complaints. Further, because the complaints are available to the public, such complaints could result in adverse publicity or damage to our reputation and brand value and result in lower sales.
We maintain insurance against some forms of personal injury, property damage and product liability claims, but such coverage may not be adequate for liabilities actually incurred. A successful claim brought against us in excess of available insurance coverage, or any claim or product recall that results in significant
36
Table of Contents
adverse publicity against us, may have a material adverse effect on our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
Regulatory requirements, including, but not limited to, trade, customs, environmental, health and safety requirements, may require costly expenditures and expose us to liability.
Our products and our marketing and advertising programs are subject to regulation in the U.S. by various federal, state and local regulatory authorities, including the Federal Trade Commission and U.S. Customs and Border Protection. In addition, our operations are subject to federal, state and local consumer protection regulations and other laws relating specifically to the bedding industry. These rules and regulations may change from time to time or may conflict. There may be continuing costs of regulatory compliance including continuous testing, additional quality control processes and appropriate auditing of design and process compliance. For example, the CPSC and other jurisdictions have adopted rules relating to fire retardancy standards for the mattress industry. Some states and the U.S. Congress continue to consider fire retardancy regulations that may be different from or more stringent than the current standard. Additionally, California, Rhode Island and Connecticut have all enacted laws requiring the recycling of mattresses discarded in their states. State and local bedding industry regulations vary among the states in which we operate but generally impose requirements as to the proper labeling of bedding merchandise, restrictions regarding the identification of merchandise as “new” or otherwise, controls as to hygiene and other aspects of product handling, disposal, sales, resales and penalties for violations. We or our suppliers may be required to incur significant expense to the extent that these regulations change and require new and different compliance measures. For example, new legislation aimed at improving the fire retardancy of mattresses, regulating the handling of mattresses in connection with preventing or controlling the spread of bed bugs could be passed, or requiring the recycling of discarded mattresses, could result in product recalls or in a significant increase in the cost of operating our business. In addition, failure to comply with these various regulations may result in penalties, the inability to conduct business as previously conducted or at all, or adverse publicity, among other things. Adoption of multi-layered regulatory regimes, particularly if they conflict with each other, could increase our costs, alter our manufacturing processes and impair the performance of our products which may have an adverse effect on our business. We are also subject to various health and environmental provisions, such as California Proposition 65 (the Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986) and 16 CFR Part 1633 (Standard for the Flammability (Open Flame) of Mattress Sets).
Our marketing and advertising practices could also become the subject of proceedings before regulatory authorities or the subject of civil claims by competitors and other parties, which could result in civil litigation or regulatory penalties and require us to alter or end these practices or adopt new practices that are not as effective or are more expensive. Despite our efforts to comply with all marketing laws and regulations, we may not be in complete compliance at all times. Some competitors engage in the practice of regularly sending notices alleging non-compliance with certain of these regulations, and demanding proof of compliance, and while we may believe we comply with applicable regulations, this practice consumes our resources, could lead to litigation and may have a negative impact on our financial condition.
In addition, we are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to pollution, environmental protection and occupational health and safety. We may not be in complete compliance with all such requirements at all times, and we have been required in the past to make changes to our facilities in order to comply with these requirements. We have made and will continue to make capital and other expenditures to comply with environmental and health and safety requirements. If a release of harmful or hazardous substances occurs on or from our properties or any associated offsite disposal location, or if contamination from prior activities is discovered at any of our properties, we may be held liable and the amount of such liability could be material. As a manufacturer of mattresses, pillows, cushions and related products, we use and dispose of a number of substances, such as glue, oil, solvents and other petroleum products, as well as certain foam ingredients, that may subject us to regulation under numerous foreign, federal and state laws and regulations governing the environment. Among other laws and regulations, we are subject in the U.S. to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Clean Air Act and related state and local statutes and regulations.
37
Table of Contents
We are also subject to federal laws and regulations relating to international shipments, customs, and import controls. We may not be in complete compliance with all such requirements at all times, and if we are not in compliance with such requirements, we may be subject to penalties or fines, which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our operations could also be impacted by a number of pending legislative and regulatory proposals to address greenhouse gas emissions in the U.S. and other countries. Certain countries have adopted the Kyoto Protocol. New greenhouse gas reduction targets have been established under the Kyoto Protocol, as amended. This and other initiatives under consideration could affect our operations. These actions could increase costs associated with our manufacturing operations, including costs for raw materials, pollution control equipment and transportation. Because it is uncertain what laws will be enacted, we cannot predict the potential impact of such laws on our future consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
We are also subject to regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet, e-commerce, electronic devices, and other services. These regulations and laws may cover taxation, privacy, data protection, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, mobile communications, electronic device certification, electronic waste, energy consumption, electronic contracts and other communications, competition, consumer protection, trade and protectionist measures, web services, the provision of online payment services, information reporting requirements, unencumbered Internet access to our services or access to our facilities, the design and operation of websites and the characteristics and quality of products and services. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, libel, and personal privacy apply to the Internet, e-commerce, digital content, and web services. Unfavorable regulations and laws could diminish the demand for, or availability of, our products and services and increase our cost of doing business.
Claims have been made against us for alleged violations of the Americans with Disability Act (“ADA”) related to accessibility to our website by the blind. The law is unsettled as to whether the ADA covers websites and what standards are applicable, but courts in certain jurisdictions have recognized these types of ADA claims. While we comply with industry standards for making our website accessible to the blind, and regularly test our site for this purpose, we may be subject to such claims and, as a result, we may be required to expend resources in defense of these claims that could increase our cost of doing business.
Regulatory requirements related to flammability standards for mattresses may increase our product costs and increase the risk of disruption to our business.
The CPSC adopted new flammability standards and related regulations which became effective nationwide in July 2007 for mattresses and mattress and foundation sets. Compliance with these requirements has resulted in higher materials and manufacturing costs for our products and has required modifications to our information systems and business operations, further increasing our costs and negatively impacting our capacity. Some states and the U.S. Congress continue to consider fire retardancy regulations that may be different from or more stringent than the CPSC standard. Adoption of multi-layered regulatory regimes, particularly if they conflict with each other, could increase our costs, alter our manufacturing processes and impair the performance of our products which may have an adverse effect on our business.
In addition, these regulations require manufacturers to implement quality assurance programs and encourage manufacturers to conduct random testing of products. These regulations also require maintenance and retention of compliance documentation. These quality assurance and documentation requirements are costly to implement and maintain. If any product testing, other evidence, or regulatory inspections yield results indicating that any of our products may not meet the flammability standards, we may be required to temporarily cease production and distribution or to recall products from the field, and we may be subject to fines or penalties, any of which outcomes could harm our business, reputation, sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition.
38
Table of Contents
We could be subject to additional sales tax or other indirect tax liabilities.
The application of indirect taxes (such as sales and use tax, value-added tax (VAT), goods and services tax, business tax and gross receipt tax) to e-commerce businesses and to our users is a complex and evolving issue and we may be unable to timely or accurately determine our obligations with respect to such indirect taxes, if any, in various jurisdictions. Many of the fundamental statutes and regulations that impose these taxes were established before the adoption and growth of the Internet and e-commerce. In many cases, it is not clear how existing statutes apply to the Internet or e-commerce.
An increasing number of states and foreign jurisdictions have considered or adopted laws or administrative practices, with or without notice, that impose additional obligations on remote sellers and online marketplaces to collect transaction taxes such as sales, consumption, value added, or similar taxes. In 2016 and early 2017, we did not have systems and processes to collect these taxes in all jurisdictions where we were conducting business. Failure to comply with such laws or administrative practices, or a successful assertion by such states or foreign jurisdictions requiring us to collect taxes where we did not, could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales, as well as penalties and interest. For the amounts incurred in 2016 and early 2017 that remain unpaid, we have estimated the sales tax liability, including penalties and interest to be approximately $2.5 million. We are in the process of working with each state to make the necessary filings and take advantage of any amnesty programs or negotiated settlements.
We are subject to sales tax or other indirect tax obligations as imposed by the various states in the United States. If the tax authorities in these jurisdictions were to challenge our filings or request an audit, our tax liability may increase.
We may be subject to laws, regulations, and administrative practices that require us to collect information from our customers, vendors, merchants, and other third parties for tax reporting purposes and report such information to various government agencies. The scope of such requirements continues to expand, requiring us to develop and implement new compliance systems. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in significant penalties.
The U.S. Supreme Court ruling in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc., No.17-494, reversed a longstanding precedent that remote sellers are not required to collect state and local sales taxes. We cannot predict the effect of these and other attempts to impose sales, income or other taxes on e-commerce. The Company currently collects and reports on sales tax in all states in which it does business. However, the application of existing, new or revised taxes on our business, in particular, sales taxes, VAT and similar taxes would likely increase the cost of doing business online and decrease the attractiveness of selling products over the internet. The application of these taxes on our business could also create significant increases in internal costs necessary to capture data and collect and remit taxes. There have been, and will continue to be, substantial ongoing costs associated with complying with the various indirect tax requirements in the numerous markets in which we conduct or will conduct business.
We could be subject to additional income tax liabilities.
We are subject to federal and state income taxes in the U.S. tax laws, regulations, and administrative practices in the U.S. and in various state and local jurisdictions are subject to significant change, and significant judgment is required in evaluating and estimating our provision and accruals for taxes. In addition, some states and cities require additional taxes or fees for the right to sell mattresses in their jurisdiction. While we have established reserves based on assumptions and estimates that we believe are reasonable to cover such taxes and fees, these reserves may prove to be insufficient.
Our determination of our tax liability is always subject to audit and review by applicable tax authorities. Any adverse outcome of any such audit or review could harm our business, and the ultimate tax outcome may
39
Table of Contents
differ from the amounts recorded in our financial statements and may materially affect our financial results in the period or periods for which such determination is made. Regardless of the outcome, responding to any such audit or review could cause us to incur significant costs and could divert resources away from our operations.
There are many transactions that occur during the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax liability is uncertain. Our effective tax rates could be affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory rates, losses incurred in jurisdictions for which we are not able to realize the related tax benefit, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, entry into new businesses and geographies and changes to our existing businesses, acquisitions (including integrations) and investments, changes in the price of our securities, changes in our deferred tax assets and liabilities and their valuation, and changes in the relevant tax, accounting, and other laws, regulations, administrative practices, principles, and interpretations.
A number of U.S. states have attempted to increase corporate tax revenues by taking an expansive view of corporate presence to attempt to impose corporate income taxes and other direct business taxes on companies that have no physical presence in their state, and taxing authorities in other jurisdictions may take similar actions. Many U.S. states are also altering their apportionment formulas to increase the amount of taxable income or loss attributable to their state from certain out-of-state businesses. Further, we may be required in the future to pay sales and other taxes and fees to states where our products were warehoused before shipping. If more taxing authorities are successful in applying direct taxes to Internet companies that do not have a physical presence in their respective jurisdictions, this could increase our effective tax rate.
We may be subject to sales reporting and record-keeping obligations.
One or more states, the U.S. federal government or other jurisdictions may seek to impose reporting or record-keeping obligations on companies that engage in or facilitate e-commerce. Such an obligation could be imposed by legislation intended to improve tax compliance (and legislation to such effect has been contemplated by several states and a number of foreign jurisdictions). Complying with such requirements would require us to devote significant amounts of time, attention and other resources, including financial resources, which may adversely affect our operations and profitability.
Delaware law and our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation contain anti-takeover provisions, any of which could delay or discourage a merger, tender offer, or assumption of control of the Company not approved by our Board of Directors and founders that some stockholders may consider favorable.
Provisions of Delaware law and our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation could hamper a third party’s acquisition of us, or discourage a third party from attempting to acquire control of us. You may not have the opportunity to participate in these transactions. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for equity interests in the Company. These provisions include:
| • | no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates; |
| • | the right of our Board to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our Board or the resignation, death or removal of a director in certain circumstances, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our Board; |
| • | a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders; |
| • | a prohibition on stockholders calling a special meeting and the requirement that a meeting of stockholders may only be called by members of our Board, which may delay the ability of our |
40
Table of Contents
| stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; |
| • | the requirement that changes or amendments to certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws must be approved by holders of at least two-thirds of our common stock; and |
| • | advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our Board or to propose matters to be acted upon at a meeting of stockholders, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us. |
Provisions in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation could make it very difficult for an investor to bring any legal actions against us and our directors or officers and could require us to pay any amounts incurred by our directors or officers in any such actions.
Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, our directors shall not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties. Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation also allows us to indemnify our directors and officers from and against any and all costs, charges and expenses resulting from their acting in such capacities with us. This means that if you were able to enforce an action against our directors or officers, in all likelihood, we would be required to pay any expenses they incurred in defending the lawsuit and any judgment or settlement they otherwise would be required to pay. Accordingly, our indemnification obligations could divert needed financial resources and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and adversely affect the value of our business.
Provisions in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum.
Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents. It also provides that, unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a claim for or based on a breach of duty or obligation owed by any current or former director, officer or employee of ours to us or to our stockholders, including any claim alleging the aiding and abetting of such a breach; any action asserting a claim against us or any current or former director, officer or employee of ours arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or any action asserting a claim related to or involving us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This exclusive forum provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. To the extent that any such claims may be based upon federal law claims, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers or employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
41
Table of Contents
We incur significant costs as a result of our operating as a public company and our management is required to devote substantial time to compliance with the regulatory requirements placed on a public company.
As a public company with substantial operations, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. The costs of preparing and filing annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission and furnishing audited reports to stockholders are time-consuming and costly.
It is also time-consuming, difficult and costly for us to develop and implement the internal controls and reporting procedures required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Certain members of our management have limited or no experience operating a company whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange or with the rules and reporting practices required by the federal securities laws as applied to a publicly traded company. We have hired and will continue to recruit, hire, train and retain additional financial reporting, internal control and other personnel in order to develop and implement appropriate internal controls and reporting procedures. If we are unable to comply with the internal controls requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may not be able to obtain the independent accountant certifications required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or may experience a financial loss. Any inability to report and file our financial results accurately and timely could harm our business and adversely affect the value of our business.
As a public company, we are required to establish and maintain internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures and to comply with other requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules promulgated by the SEC. Even when such controls are implemented, management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, cannot guarantee that our internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all possible errors or loss. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no system of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company or perpetrated against us will be prevented or have been detected. These inherent limitations include the possibility that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and subject to simple error or mistake. Furthermore, controls can be circumvented by individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more persons, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, measures of control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, new fraudulent schemes, or the deterioration of compliance with policies or procedures. Because of inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and/or may not be detected.
We have been the victim of a spear-phishing attack that resulted in the diversion of immaterial payroll payments to a bank account that did not belong to the employee, resulting in the loss of those funds. Though we have implemented additional controls to address spear-phishing and phishing attacks, such controls may not be effective to protect us against such attacks in the future and we may incur financial losses that alone or together could adversely impact the business.
Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in material misstatements in our financial statements.
The accuracy of our financial reporting depends on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, or lapses in disclosure controls and procedures, could undermine the ability to provide accurate disclosure (including with respect to financial
42
Table of Contents
information) on a timely basis, which could cause investors to lose confidence in our disclosures (including with respect to financial information), require significant resources to remediate the lapse or deficiency, and expose us to legal or regulatory proceedings.
We may need to implement additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls as we grow our business and organization and to satisfy new reporting requirements.
We are required to comply with a variety of reporting, accounting and other rules and regulations. Compliance with existing requirements is expensive. As a public company, we are required to comply with additional regulations and other requirements. These and future requirements may increase our costs and require additional management time and resources. We may need to implement additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls to satisfy our reporting requirements. If our internal control over financial reporting is determined to be ineffective, such failure could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, negatively affect the value of our business, subject us to regulatory investigations and penalties, and could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Risks Relating to our Organizational Structure
Our only significant asset is our ownership of Purple LLC and such ownership may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable us to pay any dividends on our Class A Common Stock or satisfy our other financial obligations, including our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.
We are a holding company and do not directly own any operating assets other than our ownership of interests in Purple LLC. We depend on Purple LLC for distributions, loans and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, including our expenses as a publicly traded company, to pay any dividends, and to satisfy our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The earnings from, or other available assets of, Purple LLC may not be sufficient to make distributions or pay dividends, pay expenses or satisfy our other financial obligations, including our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Moreover, our debt covenants may not allow us to pay dividends.
We are an emerging growth company, and the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Class A Common Stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”). For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We have been an emerging growth company since our initial public offering in August 2015 and will continue to be an emerging growth company until the end of 2020. If some investors find our Common Stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for our Common Stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.
Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to opt out of this extended transition period for implementing new or revised accounting standards, which means that when an accounting standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we can adopt the new or revised accounting standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard.
43
Table of Contents
Future sales of our Class A Common Stock by our existing stockholders may cause our stock price to fall.
The market price of our Class A Common Stock could decline as a result of sales by our existing stockholders in the market, or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales might also make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. In addition, subsequent public issuances of our stock would cause the interest of each current Purple Inc. stockholder to be diluted.
In connection with the Closing of the Business Combination, the founders, Tony and Terry Pearce, through InnoHold control the majority of the shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company which constituted over 56% of all ownership interests in the Company at March 31, 2020. The founders already have exchanged 11.5 million of their Class B Common Stock for Class A Common Stock and sold them. Also, at this time, CCP and Blackwell own a substantial percentage of the shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company and warrants for additional Class A Common Stock. Any of these shareholders may choose to sell shares of common stock. The founders particularly may decide to liquidate additional large portions of their interests. The amount of shares they are able to sell, if sold in large blocks or relatively close to each other in time, could result in downward pressure on the price of our Class A Common Stock.
There has not been an active trading market for our Class A Common Stock until recently. The trading volume of our Class A Common Stock has been relatively low on average, and only recently has been increasing, and a return to low trading volume could make it more difficult to sell a substantial number of shares at any point in time. This risk related to the lack of an active trading market also may make it more difficult for any shareholder to sell their shares, and until an active trading market becomes sustainable, it may make our stock less desirable to investors. InnoHold, CCP, Blackwell and CDF, who hold most of our common stock, may not sell shares, or sell enough shares, to increase the float to a point where a sustainable market develops. In March 2020, the Company filed a registration statement relating to a secondary offering by InnoHold, which registration statement has not yet been declared effective. After such registration statement was filed, the price of our Class A Common Stock declined. Uncertainty relating to the timing and number of shares involved in any offering by InnoHold under such registration statement may lead to uncertainty in the market and continued downward pressure on the price of our Class A Common Stock. Further, if the registration statement is declared effective and InnoHold determines to sell shares of Class A Common Stock thereunder, the number of shares actually sold may be insufficient to support an active market for our Class A Common Stock or may cause the price of our Class A Common Stock to decline.
Fluctuations in operating results, quarter to quarter earnings and other factors, including incidents involving Purple LLC’s clients and negative media coverage, may result in significant decreases in the price of our Class A Common Stock.
The stock markets experience volatility that is often unrelated to operating performance. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A Common Stock and, as a result, there may be significant volatility in the market price of our Class A Common Stock. If we are unable to operate our business as profitably as in the past or as our investors expect us to in the future, the market price of our Class A Common Stock will likely decline when it becomes apparent that the market expectations may not be realized. In addition to our operating results, many economic and seasonal factors outside of our control could have an adverse effect on the price of our Class A Common Stock and increase fluctuations in our quarterly earnings. These factors include certain of the risks discussed herein, operating results of other companies in the sleep and comfort products industry, changes in our financial estimates or recommendations of securities analysts, speculation in the press or investment community, negative media coverage or risk of proceedings or government investigation, the possible effects of war, disease, terrorist and other hostilities, adverse weather conditions, changes in general conditions in the economy or the financial markets or other developments affecting the sleep products industry.
We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
We intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the business or for other corporate purposes and do not anticipate that cash dividends with respect to our Class A Common Stock will be paid in the foreseeable
44
Table of Contents
future. Any decision as to the future payment of dividends will depend on our results of operations, financial position and such other factors as our board of directors, in its discretion, deems relevant. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our Class A Common Stock will be a stockholder’s sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Moreover, our debt covenants may not allow us to pay dividends.
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of NASDAQ rules and, as a result, are exempt from certain corporate governance requirements.
InnoHold holds capital stock representing a majority of our outstanding voting power. So long as InnoHold maintains holdings of more than 50% of the voting power of our capital stock, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of NASDAQ corporate governance standards. Under these standards, a company need not comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:
| • | the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of “independent directors” as defined under NASDAQ rules; |
| • | the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; |
| • | the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, or otherwise have director nominees selected by vote of a majority of the independent directors; and |
| • | the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees. |
We intend to rely on certain of these exemptions, including exemptions from the rules that would otherwise require us to have a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and a Compensation Committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors. As a result, we do not have a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and our Compensation Committee is not comprised entirely of independent directors. While a controlled company is not required to have a majority of independent directors on its board of directors, our bylaws provide that our board of directors shall consist of a majority of independent directors unless otherwise determined by a unanimous vote of our board of directors. If we are no longer eligible to rely on the controlled company exception, we will comply with all applicable NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, but we will be able to rely on phase-in periods for certain of these requirements in accordance with NASDAQ rules. Accordingly, our stockholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.
A market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.
The price of our securities may vary significantly due to our operating performance and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never become sustainable for many reasons, including that InnoHold, CCP and Blackwell, who hold most of our common stock, may not sell shares, or sell enough shares, to increase the float to a point where a sustainable market develops. You may be unable to sell your securities unless an established market can be sustained.
Purple LLC’s level of indebtedness could adversely affect Purple LLC’s and our ability to meet its obligations under its indebtedness, react to changes in the economy or its industry and to raise additional capital to fund operations.
As of March 31, 2020, Purple LLC had total debt of $40.9 million outstanding, comprised of $40.4 million outstanding under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and $0.5 million in capital lease
45
Table of Contents
obligations. Under the existing Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we were allowed to defer 7% of the 12% quarterly interest payments and add those deferred payments in the outstanding debt balance. In March 2020, Purple LLC entered into the First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amendment”). The purpose of this Amendment is to allow Purple LLC to defer the remaining 5% of interest for the quarterly payments due March 31 and June 30, 2020 in an effort to reduce cash disbursements during the current COVID-19 pandemic. Pursuant to the Amendment, we are allowed to defer and capitalize the full amount of the interest payments due on March 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020. The Amendment will increase the total debt outstanding by approximately $1.1 million.
Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences to stockholders. For example, it could:
| • | make it more difficult to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, resulting in possible defaults on, and acceleration of, such indebtedness; |
| • | increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; |
| • | require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to payments on indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of such cash flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements or to carry out other aspects of our business; |
| • | limit our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements or to carry out other aspects of our business; |
| • | limit our ability to make material acquisitions or take advantage of business opportunities that may arise; and |
| • | place us at a potential competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt. |
We may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility.
Future operating flexibility is limited in significant respects by the restrictive covenants in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and we may be unable to comply with all covenants in the future.
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement imposes restrictions that could impede Purple LLC’s and the Company’s ability to enter into certain corporate transactions, as well as increases our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, by limiting our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in our business and industry. These restrictions will limit our ability to, among other things:
| • | make capital expenditures in excess of $20 million; |
| • | incur capital lease obligations in excess of $10 million; |
| • | enter into future asset-based loans in excess of $10 million; |
| • | guarantee additional debt; |
| • | pay dividends on capital stock or redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any capital stock; |
| • | make certain payments, dividends, distributions or investments; and |
| • | merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all of Purple LLC’s assets, other than with respect to the Business Combination. |
46
Table of Contents
In addition, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains certain negative covenants that restrict the incurrence of indebtedness unless certain incurrence-based financial covenant requirements are met. The restrictions may prevent Purple LLC and the Company from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interests of the business and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. Further, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides that Tony Pearce, Terry Pearce, and InnoHold, together, no longer controlling at least 25% of the outstanding voting power of the Company will result in an event of default. In addition, if we determine that we need to take any action that is restricted under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we will need to first obtain a waiver from the Lenders. Obtaining such waivers, if needed, may impose additional costs on the Company or we may be unable to obtain such waivers. Purple LLC’s ability to comply with these restrictive covenants in future periods will largely depend on its ability to successfully implement its overall business strategy. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default, which could result in the acceleration of Purple LLC’s debt. In the event of an acceleration of Purple LLC’s debt, Purple LLC could be forced to apply all available cash flows to repay such debt, which would reduce or eliminate distributions to us, which could also force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.
The incremental warrants issued under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement could be exercised and result in dilution of all shareholders without any concurrent payment or other benefit to the Company.
In connection with the closing of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we issued to the Lenders, in a private placement, warrants (the “Incremental Loan Warrants”) to purchase 2.6 million shares of our Class A Common Stock. The Incremental Loan Warrants are initially exercisable at a price of $5.74 per share, subject to certain adjustments. Among other adjustments, in the event that Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce, individually or together, no longer own at least 50% of the voting securities of the Company, the exercise price will be reduced by the Black-Scholes value of the Incremental Loan Warrants. This dilution could arise from InnoHold’s decision to sell more shares, without a corresponding benefit to the Company, and result in lower valuations of the Company’s stock following any such sale by InnoHold and exercise of the Incremental Loan Warrants by the Lenders. Depending upon the Black-Scholes value of the Incremental Loan Warrants at the time of any such transaction, the exercise price of the Incremental Loan Warrants could be reduced to zero and the Incremental Loan Warrants would be exercisable in full without any further consideration paid to us. For illustrative purposes, if InnoHold sold the 9,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock included in this prospectus with an assumed effective date of May 8, 2020, the exercise price of the Incremental Loan Warrants would have been reduced to zero and the Incremental Loan Warrants would be exercisable in full without further consideration paid to us. If we choose to make additional borrowings under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we will be required to issue to the Lenders additional warrants on the same terms as the Incremental Loan Warrants.
We could issue additional preferred stock without stockholder approval with the effect of diluting then current stockholder interests, impairing their voting rights and potentially discouraging a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable.
Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board has the ability to authorize the issuance of up to five million shares of preferred stock at any time and from time to time, with such terms and preferences as the Board determines and without any stockholder approval other than as may be required by NASDAQ rules. The issuance of such shares of preferred stock could dilute the interest of, or impair the voting power of, our common stockholders. The issuance of such preferred stock could also be used as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control.
We may issue debt and equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, any of which may be senior to our Class A Common Stock as to distributions and in liquidation, which could negatively affect the value of our Class A Common Stock.
In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by entering into additional debt or debt-like financing that is unsecured or secured by up to all of our assets, or by issuing additional debt or equity
47
Table of Contents
securities, which could include issuances of secured or unsecured notes, preferred stock, hybrid securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities. In the event of our liquidation, our lenders and holders of our debt would receive distributions of our available assets before distributions to holders of our Class A Common Stock, and holders of preferred securities would receive distributions of our available assets before distributions to the holders of our Class A Common Stock. Because our decision to incur debt and issue securities in future offerings may be influenced by market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings or debt financings. Further, market conditions could require us to accept less favorable terms for the issuance of our securities in the future.
Tax Risks Relating to Our Structure
Although we may be entitled to tax benefits relating to additional tax depreciation or amortization deductions as a result of the tax basis step-up we receive in connection with the exchanges of Class B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock into our Class A Common Stock and related transactions, we will be required to pay InnoHold 80% of these tax benefits under the Tax Receivable Agreement.
InnoHold and other owners of Class B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock may, subject to certain conditions and transfer restrictions, exchange their Class B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. The deemed exchanges in the Business Combination and any exchanges pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, are expected to result in increases in our allocable share of the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Purple LLC. These increases in tax basis may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of income or franchise tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or any applicable foreign, state or local tax authority may challenge all or part of that tax basis increase, and a court could sustain such a challenge. As of March 31, 2020, there have been 13.7 million exchanges of Class B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock for shares of Class A Common Stock.
In connection with the Business Combination, we entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement, which generally provides for the payment by us to InnoHold of 80% of certain tax benefits, if any, that we realize as a result of these increases in tax basis and of certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including income or franchise tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. These payment obligations pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement are the obligation of the Company and not of Purple LLC. The actual increase in our allocable share of the Company’s tax basis in its assets, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the market price of shares of our Common Stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of our income. As of March 31, 2020, the Company’s preliminary estimate of the liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement resulting from the distribution of the cash consideration to InnoHold in connection with the Business Combination and tax basis increases as a result of the exchange of 13.7 million Paired Securities was approximately $37.5 million. Due to the full valuation allowance position of the Company, the potential Tax Receivable Agreement liability of $37.5 million has not been recorded with the exception of $0.8 million recorded as of March 31, 2020. This current Tax Receivable Agreement liability of $0.8 million is the result of the Company’s realization of a portion of the tax benefit generated by the tax basis step-up adjustment. To the extent the Company realizes tax benefits in future years, or in the event of a change in future tax rates, or if payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are required to be accelerated, this liability may exceed the estimated liability.
Because not all of the relevant factors described above are known at this time with respect to the exchanges that have occurred, and none of the relevant factors are known with respect to future exchanges (whether this year or in subsequent years), except as estimated above, we cannot yet determine the amounts (if any) that would or will be payable under the Tax Receivable Agreement. However, we expect that as a result of the possible size and frequency of the exchanges and the resulting increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Purple LLC, the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial and could
48
Table of Contents
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of the Company by the holders of units.
InnoHold will not be required to reimburse us for any excess payments that may previously have been made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, for example, due to adjustments resulting from examinations by taxing authorities. Rather, excess payments made to such holders will be netted against payments otherwise to be made, if any, after the determination of such excess. As a result, in certain circumstances we could make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement in excess of our actual income or franchise tax savings, if any, and we may not be able to recoup such excess, which could materially impair our financial condition and adversely affect our liquidity.
If all of the 30.3 million Paired Securities outstanding as of March 31, 2020 (including for this purpose the 9,000,000 Paired Securities exchangeable into the 9,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock included in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part) were exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, and the fair market value of the Class A Common Stock at the time of such exchange was equal to $12.80 per share (the closing price of a share of our Class A Common Stock on May 8, 2020), our aggregate liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement would be, in addition to the estimated $37.5 million liability described above, approximately $138.4 million, payable in estimated annual amounts ranging from $4 million to $9 million over a 15-year period. Of that approximately $138.4 million amount, approximately $97.2 million relates to the exchange of Paired Securities for the 29,158,227 shares of Class A Common Stock into which the Paired Securities currently held by InnoHold are exchangeable (9,000,000 of which are included in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part). The foregoing estimate of our aggregate liability is based on certain assumptions, including that there are no changes in relevant tax law, that we are able to fully depreciate or amortize our assets, and that we recognize taxable income sufficient to realize the full benefit of the increased depreciation and amortization of our assets in each of the next 15 tax years. These assumptions may not be accurate with respect to all or any exchanges of Paired Securities for Class A Common Stock. As a result, the amount and timing of our actual aggregate liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement may differ materially from our estimates depending on a number of factors, including those described above and elsewhere in this prospectus.
In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.
The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that, in the event that we exercise our right to early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement, or in the event of a change of control of the Company or we are more than 90 days late in making of a payment due under the Tax Receivable Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement will terminate, and we will be required to make a lump-sum payment to InnoHold equal to the present value of all forecasted future payments that would have otherwise been made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which lump-sum payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our future taxable income. The change of control payment to InnoHold and the other owners could be substantial and could exceed the actual tax benefits that we receive as a result of acquiring units from other owners of Purple LLC because the amounts of such payments would be calculated assuming that we would have been able to use the potential tax benefits each year for the remainder of the amortization periods applicable to the basis increases, and that tax rates applicable to us would be the same as they were in the year of the termination. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control due to the additional transaction cost a potential acquirer may attribute to satisfying such obligations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Decisions made in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by InnoHold under the Tax Receivable Agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction will generally accelerate payments under the Tax Receivable
49
Table of Contents
Agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase an existing owner’s tax liability without giving rise to any rights of InnoHold to receive payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Even in the absence of an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement, change of control of the Company or a payment that is more than 90 days late under the Tax Receivable Agreement, there may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement exceed the actual income or franchise tax savings that we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement or if distributions to us by Purple LLC are not sufficient to permit us to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement after we have paid taxes and other expenses. Furthermore, our obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement could make us a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the tax benefits that are deemed realized under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We may need to incur additional indebtedness to finance payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to the extent our cash resources are insufficient to meet our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.
We may not be able to realize all or a portion of the tax benefits that are expected to result from the acquisition of Units from Purple LLC Class B Unitholders.
Pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, the Company will share tax savings resulting from (A) the amortization of the anticipated step-up in tax basis in Purple LLC’s assets as a result of (i) the Business Combination and (ii) the exchange of (a) the Class B Units and (b) the Class B Common Stock, in each case that were received in connection with the Business Combination, for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and (B) certain other related transactions with InnoHold in connection with the Business Combination. The amount of any such tax savings attributable to the payment of cash to InnoHold in connection with the Business Combination and the exchanges contemplated by the Exchange Agreement will be paid 80% to InnoHold and other owners of such securities and retained 20% by the Company. Our ability to realize, and benefit from, these tax savings depends on a number of assumptions, including that we will earn sufficient taxable income each year during the period over which the deductions arising from any such basis increases and payments are available and that there are no adverse changes in applicable law or regulations. If our actual taxable income were insufficient to fully utilize such tax benefits or there were adverse changes in applicable law or regulations, we may be unable to realize all or a portion of these expected benefits and our cash flows and stockholders’ equity could be negatively affected.
Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:
| • | changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities; |
| • | expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances; |
| • | tax effects of stock-based compensation; |
| • | costs related to intercompany restructurings; and |
| • | changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof. |
In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal and state authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
50
Table of Contents
This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. Statements in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein that are not descriptions of historical facts are forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current expectations and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could negatively affect our business, operating results, financial condition and stock price. These forward-looking statements relate to expectations for future financial performance, business strategies or expectations for Purple Innovation, Inc. (the “Company” or “Purple”). Forward-looking statements may include statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “forecast,” “intend,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “seek,” “target” or similar expressions.
The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein are made only as of the date thereof. It is routine for our internal projections and expectations to change throughout the year, and any forward-looking statements based upon these projections or expectations may change prior to the end of the next quarter or year. Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. Future developments affecting us may not be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws. These risks and others described under “Risk Factors” may not be exhaustive.
By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and developments in the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results or operations, financial condition and liquidity, and developments in the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.
51
Table of Contents
We include in this prospectus statements regarding factors that have impacted our and our customers’ industries. Such statements are statements of belief and are based on industry data and forecasts that we have obtained from industry publications and surveys, including those published prior to the date on the cover of this prospectus. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of such information. In addition, while we believe that the industry information included herein is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” in this prospectus, as well as the other risk factors incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
52
Table of Contents
All of the shares of Class A Common Stock that may be offered by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by the Selling Stockholder for its account. We will not receive any of the proceeds from these sales. However, in connection with each Exchange, Purple LLC will cancel the delivered Class B Units and issue to us Class A Units on a one-for-one basis, which will consequently increase our percentage ownership interest in Purple LLC.
The Selling Stockholder will pay any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions and transfer taxes attributable to the resale of the shares of our Class A Common Stock such Selling Stockholder hold. We will bear all other costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the shares covered by this prospectus. These may include, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, blue sky fees, printing expenses, NASDAQ listing fees, FINRA fees, fees and expenses of our counsel and accountants and one counsel for the Selling Stockholder, fees and expenses of any special experts retained by us in connection with such registration, internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of our officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties) and all of our portion of expenses related to the “road-show” for any underwritten public offering.
53
Table of Contents
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview of Our Business
Our mission is to help people feel and live better through innovative comfort solutions.
We are a digitally-native vertical brand founded on comfort product innovation with premium offerings. We design and manufacture a variety of innovative, branded and premium comfort products, including mattresses, pillows, cushions, frames, sheets and other products. Our products are the result of over 30 years of innovation and investment in proprietary and patented comfort technologies and the development of our own manufacturing processes. Our proprietary gel technology, Hyper-Elastic Polymer, underpins many of our comfort products and provides a range of benefits that differentiate our offerings from other competitors’ products. We market and sell our products through our direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) online channels, retail brick-and-mortar wholesale partners, third-party online retailers and our owned retail showrooms.
We have recently experienced significant growth, as evidenced by the following achievements:
| • | Net revenue increased 46.3% to $122.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to $83.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2019 |
| • | Net income was $20.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of ($0.7) million in the year ended March 31, 2019 |
| • | Adjusted EBITDA was $10.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to $6.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2019 |
| • | Total doors increased 100% to 1,777 as of March 31, 2020, compared to 889 as of March 31, 2019 from omni-channel initiatives and wholesale channel expansion |
|
|
| |
54
Table of Contents
| • | The Average Selling Price for mattresses increased 8%, or $140 per mattress, in the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019 due to the introduction of new premium products and wholesale expansion |
|
|
| |
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Reconciliations for Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures are included in the section entitled “Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA” beginning on page 60 of this prospectus.
COVID-19 Pandemic Developments
The recent COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in adverse impacts on many aspects of our operations, directly and indirectly, including our employees, consumer behavior, distribution and logistics, our suppliers, and the market overall. The scope and nature of these impacts continue to evolve each day. In light of the uncertain and rapidly evolving situation relating to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken a number of precautionary measures to manage our resources and mitigate the adverse impact of the pandemic, which is intended to help minimize the risk to our Company, employees, customers, and the communities in which we operate. Employees at the Company’s headquarters and certain other employees have been asked to work from home where possible. For roles that require employees to be on-site, such as our manufacturing facility and distribution center, we are providing protective equipment, practicing social distancing and increasing sanitizing standards.
We have experienced a sharp decline in the wholesale side of our business as temporary shutdowns of non-essential businesses and shelter-at-home directives have occurred in most U.S. states. Also, we have temporarily closed our three showrooms in California in compliance with locally mandated shelter-in-place requirements. While we believe that our operations will return to normal as such restrictions are lifted, there can be no guarantee as to when these operations will normalize, as well as when and whether our wholesale business will return to pre-COVID-19 levels. We continue to serve customers through our DTC channel, and during the first quarter of 2020, some consumer demand for our premium, differentiated product offering shifted to our DTC channel. In response, we have refocused our efforts back to our DTC core competencies resulting in an acceleration in DTC channel sales across all of our product categories in the last half of March through April. This increase in DTC demand has produced DTC growth of 50% over the prior year first quarter, partially offsetting declines from our 2020 forecast in our wholesale channel. There can be no assurance that this trend of increased demand through our DTC channel will continue.
This increase in DTC demand allowed us to work through a portion of our on-hand inventory. Given the difficulty in predicting how long this pandemic will persist and its full impact, we continue to look at all opportunities to preserve liquidity. This included taking advantage of our vertically integrated business model to adjust production schedules to leverage inventory on hand and tightly manage labor costs, including temporarily furloughing roughly 35% of our permanent workforce. We also continue to dynamically adjust our significant discretionary online advertising spend in response to any changes in DTC trends as they develop.
55
Table of Contents
The Company has temporarily deferred 25% of the cash compensation of Senior Executives and all the cash compensation of the Board of Directors. In addition, in March 2020 we entered into an amendment to our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to allow the Company to defer 5% of the interest for quarterly payments due during the first two quarters of 2020. In addition, we are temporarily reducing our capital spend by delaying all non-maintenance related projects and investments in non-essential initiatives and headcount additions until we have better visibility into when conditions normalize. Other proactive steps have been taken to carefully manage cash in response to the rapidly changing circumstances. We anticipate being able to start paying deferred compensation and moving forward with capital spend on certain growth initiatives during the second quarter. The Company intends to proceed cautiously and continue to take proactive steps to manage cash and respond quickly and prudently to new COVID-19 related circumstances.
Our supply chain has not as yet been significantly affected by COVID-19. Currently, our domestic suppliers are able to continue operations and provide necessary materials when needed. Suppliers in China were temporarily closed as a result of the pandemic but we had sufficient inventory on hand. Many of our suppliers resumed production in March and are able to supply materials as needed. As a result, we don’t expect supply to have a material impact on our ability to meet anticipated demand.
After a brief decline in late March, DTC orders began to accelerate in early April and remained strong throughout the month, resulting in an increase of over 170% to approximately $54 million compared with the same month last year.. Wholesale orders were down approximately 42.2% from April 2019. However, orders from our wholesale partners are starting to resume. In order to meet demand, we terminated our temporary furlough for almost all manufacturing personnel and restarted our manufacturing operations. We are currently operating at nearly full capacity to meet current demand and in anticipation of the Memorial Day promotion period. We have also partnered with the Brands for Better coalition, committing 10% of net proceeds in April, raising more than $250,000 towards the production of approximately 1,000 specialty beds to relieve shortages in care facilities nationwide due to COVID-19. These specialty beds will be produced in our facilities.
Although each of the remedial measures was taken by the Company to protect the business and preserve liquidity, each may also have the potential to have a material adverse impact on our current business, financial condition and results of operations, and may create additional risks for our Company. While we anticipate that the foregoing measures are temporary, we cannot predict the specific duration for which these precautionary measures will stay in effect, and we may elect or need to take additional measures as the information available to us continues to develop, including with respect to our employees, manufacturing facility and distribution center, and relationships with our suppliers and customers. Subject to certain assumptions regarding the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, and government, consumer, and our responses thereto, based on our current projections we believe our cash on hand, ongoing cash generated from our DTC business and eventual resumption and ramp up of store operations and our wholesale business, will be sufficient to cover our working capital requirements and anticipated capital expenditures for the next 12 months. However, the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and our precautionary measures in response thereto may impact our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be precisely predicted at this time.
April 2020 Preliminary Results
Following a temporary slowdown in direct-to-consumer sales in late March after initial shelter-at-home directives were announced, demand accelerated in the first weeks of April. The Company is vertically integrated with all of its production facilities located in the U.S. Additionally, most of its raw materials and components are sourced domestically giving it the ability to quickly respond to changes in customer demand. The following summarizes Purple’s business and operations early in the second quarter of 2020.
| • | April 2020 DTC sales increased more than 170% to approximately $54 million compared with the same month last year driven by growth in mattresses as well as ancillary products including pillows, sheets, and especially seat cushions. |
56
Table of Contents
| • | To meet increased DTC demand, the company ended its temporary furlough for the vast majority of manufacturing personnel and is currently operating at nearly full capacity ahead of the Memorial Day promotional period. |
| • | Max 6 machine is now running to add capacity with Max 7 in final stages of completion. Max 7 is expected to be producing by the end of May. |
| • | While wholesale sales were down approximately 42.2% in April year-over-year, weekly wholesale orders have started to increase on a sequential basis. |
| • | Receivables are current on contract terms with most wholesale partners and we are closely monitoring future orders to manage exposure to collection risk. |
| • | Cash and cash equivalents increased 136.4% to $62.4 million at April 30, 2020 from $26.4 million at March 31, 2020 driven by accelerated growth in DTC sales, a substantial reduction in inventory, the collection of several wholesale partner receivables and the cash preservation steps mentioned previously. |
Results from April 2020 may not be representative of results for the three months ended June 30, 2020 or the year ended December 31, 2020. While we observed some favorable developments in our operating results for the month of April 2020, there is no guarantee that such trends will continue, or that our operating results will not decline. The preliminary unaudited financial information for April 2020 has been prepared by and is the responsibility of the Company's management. BDO USA, LLP has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to April 2020 preliminary unaudited financial information. Accordingly, BDO USA, LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.
Operating Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 and 2019
The following table sets forth for the periods indicated for our results of operations and the percentage of total revenue represented in our statements of operations:
| Three Months Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| 2020 | % of Net Revenues |
2019 | % of Net Revenues |
|||||||||||||
| Revenues, net |
$ | 122,375 | 100.0 | % | $ | 83,648 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||
| Cost of revenues |
69,193 | 56.5 | 49,579 | 59.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Gross profit |
53,182 | 43.5 | 34,069 | 40.7 | ||||||||||||
| Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
| Marketing and sales |
36,684 | 30.0 | 24,017 | 28.7 | ||||||||||||
| General and administrative |
7,548 | 6.2 | 4,565 | 5.5 | ||||||||||||
| Research and development |
1,445 | 1.2 | 690 | 0.8 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total operating expenses |
45,677 | 37.3 | 29,272 | 35.0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Operating income |
7,505 | 6.1 | 4,797 | 5.7 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Other income (expense): |
||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense |
(1,389 | ) | (1.1 | ) | (1,144 | ) | (1.4 | ) | ||||||||
| Other income (expense), net |
(32 | ) | 0.0 | 229 | 0.3 | |||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
— | — | (6,299 | ) | (7.5 | ) | ||||||||||
| Change in fair value – warrant liabilities |
13,633 | 11.1 | 1,697 | 2.0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total other income (expense), net |
12,212 | 10.0 | (5,517 | ) | (6.6 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) before income taxes |
19,717 | 16.1 | (720 | ) | (0.9 | ) | ||||||||||
| Income tax benefit |
284 | 0.2 | — | — | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net Income (loss) |
20,001 | 16.3 | (720 | ) | (0.9 | ) | ||||||||||
| Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest |
11,166 | 9.1 | (590 | ) | (0.7 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) attributable to Purple Innovation, Inc. |
$ | 8,835 | 7.2 | $ | (130 | ) | (0.2 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
57
Table of Contents
Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 Compared to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2019
Revenues, net
Total net revenue increased $38.7 million, or 46.3%, to $122.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from $83.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 due mainly to a $23.0 million increase in mattress sales, a $10.2 million increase in top of mattress sales, and a $5.5 million net increase in other products. The increase in bedding revenue was primarily attributable to a 50.0% increase in our direct-to-consumer revenue and a 39.5% increase in wholesale revenue driven by a 100% increase in third-party stores that sold our products as compared to the same period last year.
Cost of Revenues
The cost of revenues increased $19.6 million, or 39.6%, to $69.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from $49.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to a $9.9 million increase in direct material costs, a $5.6 million increase in labor and overhead, and a $4.1 million increase in other costs, all associated with increased mattress sales. The gross profit percentage increased to 43.5% of net revenues in 2020 from 40.7% in 2019. The increase was primarily driven by efficiencies in operations and logistics and higher margins due to product and channel mix.
Marketing and Sales
Marketing and sales expenses increased $12.7 million, or 52.7%, to $36.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from $24.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to an $8.2 million increase in advertising costs, a $2.5 million increase in other marketing and sales expenses, and a $2.0 million increase in marketing salaries related to an increase in personnel. The marketing and sales expense as a percentage of net revenue was 30.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2020. This is an increase from 28.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2019 due to lower marketing expenses incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2019 as a result of shifting of marketing expenses until later in 2019.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses increased $3.0 million, or 65.3%, to $7.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from $4.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to a $1.7 million increase in salaries related to an increase in personnel, $0.8 million increase in software subscriptions, legal fees and a new corporate building lease and $0.5 million increase in all other expenses.
Research and Development
Research and development costs increased $0.8 million, or 109.4%, to $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 from $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to a $0.6 million in amortization of a one-year license agreement for innovative technology and a $0.2 million increase in salaries and wages and other R&D expenses as we added resources for new product innovation.
Operating Income
Operating income increased $2.7 million, or 56.5%, to $7.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, from operating income of $4.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to increased sales and improved operational efficiencies, partially offset by increases in advertising and operating expenses.
58
Table of Contents
Interest Expense
We incurred $1.4 million in interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2020 including $1.2 million related to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and $0.2 million in other interest. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement had an outstanding principal balance of $40.4 million at March 31, 2020. Interest accrues at a fixed rate of 12% and we have been historically capitalizing 7% interest and paying 5% interest in cash. In March 2020, we signed the first amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement that allows the Company to capitalize the full 12% interest, or approximately $1.2 million for the two quarterly payments due March 31 and June 20, 2020. This was part of an effort to reduce cash disbursements during the current COVID-19 pandemic. Interest expense was $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The portion relating to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement was $1.0 million of which $0.6 million was paid-in-kind through additions to the principal amount and $0.4 million was paid in cash. In addition, we incurred discounts and debt issuance costs related to the debt in the amount of $0.1 million which was amortized to interest expense as non-cash interest.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
In February 2019, in conjunction with the Incremental Loan under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we determined that the amended debt terms resulted in substantially different terms for a portion of the existing debt and therefore was required to be accounted for as an extinguishment of a portion of the existing debt. Accordingly, we recognized a non-cash loss on the extinguishment of a portion of the existing debt of approximately $6.3 million. This was a non-cash expense primarily associated with the recognition of related unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs and the fair value of the Incremental Loan Warrants issued.
Change in Fair Value—Warrant Liabilities
The Incremental Loan Warrants issued in conjunction with the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are classified as liabilities and recorded at fair value on the date of the transaction and subsequently re-measured to fair value at each reporting date with changes in the fair value included in earnings. A decrease in fair value for the three months ended March 31, 2020 resulted in a non-cash gain in the amount of $13.6 million recorded in earnings for the period. The decrease in the fair value of the Incremental Loan Warrants as of March 31, 2020 was due primarily to the decrease in our stock price and a change in probability that the Pearces will reduce their ownership interest below 50%, triggering a change in the exercise price of the outstanding Incremental Loan Warrants. For illustrative purposes, if InnoHold sold the 9,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock included in this prospectus with an assumed effective date of May 8, 2020, the exercise price of the Incremental Loan Warrants would have been reduced to zero and the Incremental Loan Warrants would be exercisable in full without further consideration paid to us.
Income Tax Benefit
Our income tax benefit was $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to no income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2019. Our tax benefit for 2020 is due to the normal accrual of income taxes using the AETR approach, offset by discrete tax benefits related to the effects of the CARES Act.
Noncontrolling Interest
As a result of the Business Combination in 2018, we attribute net income or loss to the Class B Units in Purple LLC, owned by InnoHold and other parties, as a noncontrolling interest at their aggregate ownership percentage. At March 31, 2020, this ownership percentage was approximately 56%, a decrease from approximately 82% at March 31, 2019. This decrease was the result of the exchange of 13.7 million Paired Securities for Class A Common Stock since March 31, 2019, mostly attributed to InnoHold’s secondary public offering concluded in November and December 2019.
59
Table of Contents
Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 and 2019
EBITDA represents net income (loss) before interest expense, provision (benefit) for income taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents net income (loss) before interest expense, provision (benefit) for income taxes, net other income, and depreciation and amortization, excluding certain non-cash and non-recurring costs incurred, as identified in the reconciliation table below.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as presented in this prospectus are supplemental measures of our performance that are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income, operating income, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP, or as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as a measure of our liquidity. In addition, in evaluating EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses or charges such as those added back to calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation, or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are (i) they may not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments, (ii) they may not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs, (iii) they may not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt, (iv) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements, (v) they may not adjust for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows, (vi) they may not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our on-going operations, and (vii) other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.
We compensate for these limitations by providing specific information regarding the GAAP amounts excluded from such non-GAAP financial measures. We further compensate for the limitations in our use of non-GAAP financial measures by presenting comparable GAAP measures more prominently.
We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period by isolating the effects of some items that vary from period to period without any correlation to core operating performance or that vary widely among similar companies. These potential differences may be caused by variations in capital structures (affecting interest expense), tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating losses) and the age and book depreciation of facilities and equipment (affecting relative depreciation expense). We also present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because (i) certain of our loan covenants have EBITDA and/or adjusted EBITDA thresholds, (ii) certain of our compensation plans have EBITDA and/or adjusted EBITDA targets, (iii) we believe that these measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry, (iv) we believe that investors will find these measures useful in assessing our ability to service or incur indebtedness, and (v) we use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA internally as benchmarks to compare our performance to that of our competitors.
60
Table of Contents
A reconciliation of GAAP net income (loss) to the non-GAAP measures of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is provided below.
| Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| GAAP net income (loss) |
$ | 20,001 | $ | (720 | ) | |||
| Interest expense |
1,389 | 1,144 | ||||||
| Other income, net |
(90 | ) | (229 | ) | ||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
1,778 | 722 | ||||||
| Income tax benefit |
(284 | ) | — | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| EBITDA |
22,794 | 917 | ||||||
| Adjustments: |
||||||||
| Debt extinguishment and warrant liability |
(13,633 | ) | 4,602 | |||||
| Stock-based compensation expense |
250 | 73 | ||||||
| Product reserve |
808 | — | ||||||
| Tax Receivable Agreement expense |
122 | — | ||||||
| Legal fees |
231 | 141 | ||||||
| Interim CFO and consulting |
— | 186 | ||||||
| Severance and executive search costs |
43 | 273 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 10,615 | $ | 6,192 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2018
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| 2019 | 2018 | |||||||||||||||
| (in thousands) | Amount | % of Net Sales |
Amount | % of Net Sales |
||||||||||||
| Revenues, net |
$ | 428,358 | 100.0 | % | $ | 285,791 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||
| Cost of revenues |
239,387 | 55.9 | 173,189 | 60.6 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Gross profit |
188,971 | 44.1 | 112,602 | 39.4 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
| Marketing and sales |
141,975 | 33.1 | 103,820 | 36.3 | ||||||||||||
| General and administrative |
26,918 | 6.3 | 23,581 | 8.3 | ||||||||||||
| Research and development |
3,864 | 0.9 | 2,095 | 0.7 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total operating expenses |
172,757 | 40.3 | 129,496 | 45.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Operating income (loss) |
16,214 | 3.8 | (16,894 | ) | (5.9 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Other income (expense): |
||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense |
(5,180 | ) | (1.2 | ) | (3,733 | ) | (1.3 | ) | ||||||||
| Other income, net |
44 | 0.0 | 1,013 | 0.3 | ||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(6,299 | ) | (1.5 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||
| Change in fair value – warrant liabilities |
(16,758 | ) | (3.9 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total other expense, net |
(28,193 | ) | (6.6 | ) | (2,720 | ) | (0.1 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net loss before income taxes |
(11,979 | ) | (2.8 | ) | (19,614 | ) | (6.9 | ) | ||||||||
| Income tax expense |
(400 | ) | (0.0 | ) | — | — | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net loss |
$ | (12,379 | ) | (2.9 | ) | $ | (19,614 | ) | (6.9 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
61
Table of Contents
Revenues, Net
Total net revenue increased $142.6 million, or 49.9%, to $428.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $285.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due mainly to a $124.9 million increase in mattress sales, a $15.5 million increase in top of mattress sales and a $4.3 million increase in sales of bed frames partially offset by a $2.1 million net decrease in all other products. The increase in bedding revenue was primarily attributable to an increase in wholesale revenues driven by an increase of over 800 third-party stores that sold our products as compared to the same period last year.
Cost of Revenues
The cost of revenues increased $66.2 million, or 38.2%, to $239.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $173.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to a $48.2 million increase in direct material costs, a $11.4 million increase in labor and overhead and a $6.6 million increase in other costs, all associated with increased mattress sales. The gross profit percentage increased to 44.1% of net revenues in 2019 from 39.4% in 2018. The increase was primarily driven by efficiencies in operations and logistics and higher margins due to product mix, partially offset by the margin mix effect of increased sales through our wholesale channel.
Marketing and Sales
Marketing and sales expenses increased $38.2 million, or 36.8%, to $142.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $103.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to a $20.3 million increase in advertising costs, a $12.2 million increase in other marketing and sales expenses, and a $5.7 million increase in marketing salaries related to an increase in personnel. The marketing and sales expense as a percentage of net revenue decreased to 33.1% for the year ended December 31, 2019 from 36.3% for the year ended December 31, 2018 due to the higher marketing leverage derived from wholesale revenue and the improved efficiency of marketing spend for the revenue generated in the DTC channel.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses increased $3.3 million, or 13.8%, to $26.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $23.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to non-cash stock compensation expense of $4.4 million partially offset by lower costs in 2019 as compared to 2018 which included costs related to the Business Combination in February 2018.
Research and Development
Research and development costs increased $1.8 million, or 84.4%, to $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to increases in salaries and wages as we added resources for new product innovation and $0.8 million in non-cash stock compensation.
Operating Income (loss)
Operating income was $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, a change of $33.1 million from operating loss of $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The change was primarily due to increased sales and improved operational efficiencies.
Interest Expense
We incurred interest expense in 2019 primarily due to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement that has an outstanding principal balance of $39.2 million at December 31, 2019. Interest accrues at a fixed rate of
62
Table of Contents
12% with a portion being paid-in-kind through additions to the principal amount. Interest expense related to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement was $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, of which $2.6 million was paid-in-kind through additions to the principal amount and $1.8 million was paid in cash. In addition, we incurred discounts and debt issuance costs related to the debt in the amount of $0.8 million which was amortized to interest expense as non-cash interest.
Other Income, Net
Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2019, consisted of interest income in the amount of $0.4 million and other miscellaneous income of $0.2 million, partially offset by the Tax Receivable Agreement Liability expense of $0.5 million. Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2018 consisted of $0.8 million in credit card rebates and $0.2 million of interest income.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
In conjunction with the Incremental Loan under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we determined that the amended debt terms resulted in substantially different terms for a portion of the existing debt and therefore was required to be accounted for as an extinguishment of a portion of the existing debt. Accordingly, we recognized a non-cash loss on the extinguishment of a portion of the existing debt of approximately $6.3 million. This was a non-cash expense primarily associated with the recognition of related unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs and the fair value of the Incremental Loan Warrants issued.
Change in Fair Value—Warrant Liabilities
The Incremental Loan Warrants issued in conjunction with the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are classified as liabilities and recorded at fair value on the date of the transaction and subsequently re-measured to fair value at each reporting date with changes in the fair value included in earnings. The change in fair value from the date of the transaction through December 31, 2019 resulted in a non-cash loss in the amount of $16.8 million recorded in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in the fair value of the Incremental Loan Warrants as of December 31, 2019 was due primarily to the increase in our stock price and the added probability of a warrant re-price.
Income Tax Expense
Our income tax expense was $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to income tax expense of $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Our tax expense of $0.4 million for 2019 is primarily a result of current state income tax expense.
Noncontrolling Interest
As a result of the Business Combination in 2018, we attribute net income or loss to the Class B units in Purple LLC, owned by InnoHold and other parties, as a noncontrolling interest at their aggregate ownership percentage. At December 31, 2019, this ownership percentage was approximately 58%, a decrease from 82% at December 31, 2018. This decrease was the result of the exchange of 12.7 million Paired Securities for Class A Common Stock during the year.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary cash needs have historically consisted of working capital, capital expenditures and debt service. Our working capital needs depend upon the timing of cash receipts from sales, payments to vendors and others, changes in inventories, and capital and operating lease payment obligations. We had working capital of $30.3 million as of March 31, 2020, and we had working capital of $27.3 million as of December 31, 2019.
63
Table of Contents
During the three months ended March 31, 2020, our accounts receivable decreased by $5.4 million mainly due to a decrease in our wholesale revenue and our accounts payable decreased by $13.1 million due to the timing of payments. Our capital expenditures primarily relate to acquiring and maintaining manufacturing equipment and expanding capacity. Our cash used for capital expenditures was $4.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020. We financed these capital expenditures through cash provided by operating activities. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken a number of precautionary measures to manage our resources and mitigate the adverse impact of the pandemic. Given the difficultly in predicting how long this pandemic will persist and its full impact, we continue to look at all opportunities to preserve liquidity. We are temporarily reducing our capital spend by delaying all non-maintenance related projects and investments in non-essential initiatives and headcount additions until we have better visibility into when conditions may normalize. Other proactive steps have been taken to carefully manage cash and quickly and prudently respond to the rapidly changing circumstances including temporarily furloughing a portion of our permanent workforce, temporarily deferring a portion of the cash compensation of Senior Executives and all the cash compensation of members of our Board of Directors, and limiting other discretionary expenses. We also entered into an amendment to our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to allow the Company to defer 5% of the interest for quarterly payments due during the first two quarters of 2020. In addition, our receivables from our wholesale partners remain healthy. Most of our wholesale partners continue to make payments in accordance with their original contract terms and remain current on their outstanding balances. As a result of our precautionary measures, continued payments from wholesale customers, and our strong DTC sales, our cash balance at April 30, 2020 was $62.5 million. Subject to certain assumptions regarding the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, and our responses thereto, based on our current projections we believe our cash on hand, along with ongoing cash generated from our DTC business and eventual resumption and ramp up of store operations, will be sufficient to cover our working capital requirements and anticipated capital expenditures for the next 12 months.
On March 27, 2020, the President of the United States signed the Coronavirus Aid Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act into law. The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. We are evaluating the applicability of the CARES Act to the Company, and the potential impacts on our business. While we may determine to apply for certain relief programs provided under the CARES Act, there is no guarantee that we will meet any eligibility requirements to participate in such programs or, even if we are able to participate, that such programs will provide meaningful benefit to our business.
On January 28, 2019, Purple LLC entered into the First Amendment, which amended the Credit Agreement. In the First Amendment, Purple LLC agreed to enter into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement under which the Lenders agreed to provide an incremental loan of $10.0 million such that the total amount of principal indebtedness provided to Purple LLC was increased to $35.0 million. A stockholder meeting was held on February 25, 2019 at which time a majority of non-interested stockholders voted in favor of this transaction. Accordingly, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and each related document, was closed and an incremental loan of $10.0 million was funded. In addition, we issued to the Lenders warrants to purchase 2.6 million shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at a price of $5.74 per share, subject to certain adjustments. On February 26, 2019, we received approximately $9.2 million in proceeds after debt issuance costs and fees. On March 27, 2020, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement was amended to allow Purple LLC at its election a 5% paid-in-kind interest deferral for the first two quarters of 2020. For additional information regarding our credit agreement with Coliseum, refer to Note 8—Long-Term Debt, Related Party of our condensed consolidated financial statements included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2020 filed with the SEC on May 11, 2020, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Debt service for the three months ended March 31, 2020 totaled $1.2 million and consisted of interest paid in-kind on the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement as well as principal and interest payments on certain capital leases.
64
Table of Contents
In the event our cash flow from operations or other sources of financing are less than anticipated, we believe we will be able to fund operating expenses based on our ability to scale back operations, reduce marketing spend and postpone or discontinue our growth strategies. In such event, this could result in slower growth or no growth, and we may run the risk of losing key suppliers, we may not be able to timely satisfy customer orders, and we may not be able to retain all of our employees. In addition, we may be forced to restructure our obligations to current creditors or pursue work-out options.
If cash flow from operations or available financing under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are not sufficient to fund our operating expenses or our growth strategies, we may need to raise additional capital. Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms or at all is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including instability in the credit and financial markets resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic and approval from the Lenders. Adequate financing may not be available or, if available, may only be available on unfavorable terms. The U.S. government has recently announced that it is establishing a Main Street Lending Program to support lending to small and medium-sized businesses. However, there is no guarantee that we will be eligible to participate in such program or that, if we are eligible to participate, that we will receive any benefits under this program. Further, the Main Street Lending Program imposes restrictions on how funds received are used that would limit our ability to operate our business. The restrictive covenants in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement may make it difficult to obtain additional capital on terms that are favorable to us, and the Lenders may not agree to lend us additional funds. There is no assurance we will obtain the capital we require. As a result, there can be no assurance that we will be able to fund our future operations or growth strategies. In addition, future equity or debt financings, including under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, may require us to also issue warrants or other equity securities that are likely to be dilutive to our existing stockholders. Newly issued securities may include preferences or superior voting rights or, as described above, may be combined with the issuance of warrants or other derivative securities, which each may have additional dilutive effects. Furthermore, we may incur substantial costs in pursuing future capital and financing, including investment banking fees, legal fees, accounting fees, printing and distribution expenses and other costs. We may also be required to recognize non-cash expenses in connection with certain securities we may issue, such as convertible notes and warrants, which will adversely impact our financial condition. If we cannot raise additional funds on favorable terms or at all, we may not be able to carry out all or parts of our long-term growth strategy, maintain our growth and competitiveness or continue in business.
We are required to make certain payments to InnoHold under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which payments may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and capital resources. We are currently unable to determine the total future amount of these payments due to the unpredictable nature of several factors, including the timing of future exchanges, the market price of shares of Class A Common Stock at the time of the exchanges, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of future taxable income sufficient to utilize tax attributes that give rise to the payments under Tax Receivable Agreement. As of March 31, 2020, the estimated future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are $37.5 million. The liability has not been recorded as of the three months ended March 31, 2020 due to a full valuation allowance on the deferred tax asset representing the step-up in tax basis resulting from the exchanges thus far. However, in 2019 and 2020, the Company realized cash tax benefits under the Tax Receivable Agreement. As such, we have recorded a Tax Receivable Agreement liability of $0.8 million.
Line of Credit with Wells Fargo
On October 9, 2017, we entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, which we refer to as the WF Credit Agreement, for a $10.0 million secured revolving loan facility. On February 2, 2018, in connection with the Business Combination, we paid off and closed the debt facility by paying $8.1 million in cash including accrued interest and fees. There were no events of default identified at that time.
65
Table of Contents
Credit Agreement with Coliseum Capital Partners, L.P. (“CCP”), Blackwell Partners LLC-Series A (“Blackwell”), Coliseum Co-Invest Debt Fund, L.P. (“CDF” and, together with CCP and Blackwell, the “Lenders”)
On February 2, 2018, Purple LLC entered into the Credit Agreement with the Lenders pursuant to which the Lenders agreed to make a loan to Purple LLC in an aggregate principal amount of $25 million (the “Original Loan”). The Original Loan was closed and funded in connection with the Closing of the Business Combination on February 2, 2018. As part of the Credit Agreement, the Sponsor agreed to assign to the Lenders an aggregate of 2,500,000 Sponsor Warrants to purchase 1,250,000 shares of Class A Common Stock.
On January 28, 2019, Purple LLC entered into the First Amendment, which amends the Credit Agreement. In the First Amendment, Purple LLC agreed to enter into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, under which the Lenders agreed to provide an incremental loan (the “Incremental Loan” and, together, with the Original Loan, the “Loan”) of $10.0 million such that the total amount of indebtedness provided to Purple LLC is increased to a principal amount of $35.0 million. Among other things, the terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement extends the maturity date for all loans under the initial Credit Agreement to five years from closing of the Incremental Loan, revises certain restrictive covenants to make them more applicable to the Company’s current business, provides the ability for the Company to request additional loans not to exceed $10 million and other closing conditions, representations, warranties and covenants customary for a transaction of this type. The Loan bears interest at 12.0% per annum, provided that Purple LLC will be required to pay up to an additional 4.0% of interest per annum if it fails to meet certain EBITDA thresholds and an additional 2.0% of interest per annum if the Company is not in material compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In addition, Purple LLC may elect for interest in excess of 5.0% per annum to be capitalized and added to the principal amount. A stockholder meeting was held on February 25, 2019 at which time a majority of non-interested stockholders voted in favor of this transaction. Accordingly, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and each related document, was closed and funded on February 26, 2019 and the Company issued to the Lenders warrants to purchase 2.6 million shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at a price of $5.74 per share, subject to certain adjustments. Among other adjustments, in the event that Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce, individually or together, no longer own at least 50% of the voting securities of the Company, the exercise price will be reduced by the Black-Scholes value of the Incremental Loan Warrants. Depending upon the Black-Scholes value of the Incremental Loan Warrants at the time of any such transaction, the exercise price of the Incremental Loan Warrants could be reduced to zero and the Incremental Loan Warrants would be exercisable in full without any further consideration paid to us. If we choose to make additional borrowings under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, we will be required to issue to the Lenders additional warrants on the same terms as the Incremental Loan Warrants. As of March 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
On March 27, 2020 the Company entered into the First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with the Lenders. The purpose of this Amendment is to allow the Company to defer the remaining 5% of interest for the quarterly payments due March 31 and June 30, 2020 in an effort to reduce its cash disbursements during the COVID-19 impact. Pursuant to the Amendment, the Company is allowed to defer and capitalize the full amount of the interest payments due on March 31, 2020 and June 30, 2020.
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also provides for standard indemnification of the Lenders and contains representations, warranties and certain covenants of Purple LLC. While any amounts are outstanding under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, Purple LLC is subject to a number of affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants regarding dispositions of property, investments, business combinations or acquisitions, incurrence of additional indebtedness and transactions with affiliates, among other customary covenants. In particular, Purple LLC is restricted from (i) making capital expenditures in excess of $20 million in any fiscal year, (ii) incurring capital lease obligations in excess of $10 million and (iii) incurring asset-based loans in excess of $10 million, subject to limited exceptions. Purple LLC is also restricted from paying dividends or making other distributions or payments on its capital stock, subject to limited exceptions.
66
Table of Contents
In connection with the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Company entered into a Parent Guaranty (the “Parent Guaranty”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to an unconditional guaranty of the payment of all obligations and liabilities of Purple LLC under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 and 2019
The following summarizes our cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 as reported in our condensed consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):
| Three Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2020 | 2019 | |||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities |
$ | (261 | ) | $ | (8,290 | ) | ||
| Net cash used in investing activities |
(6,848 | ) | (996 | ) | ||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities |
9 | 9,236 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net decrease in cash |
(7,100 | ) | (50 | ) | ||||
| Cash, beginning of the period |
33,478 | 12,232 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash, end of the period |
$ | 26,378 | $ | 12,182 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Three months ended March 31, 2020 Compared to the Three months ended March 31, 2019
Cash used in operating activities was $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, a decrease of $8.0 million from cash used in operating activities of $8.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2019. This decrease in cash used by operations was due mainly to increased operating income, a decrease of $5.5 million in inventory and a decrease of $5.4 million in accounts receivable partially offset by a $13.2 million decrease in accounts payable during the three months ended March 31, 2020 compared to lower operating income, an increase of $9.4 million in accounts receivable and an increase in inventory of $2.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2019 Operating income increased $2.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 over the three months ended March 31, 2019 as a result of improved operational efficiencies and lower costs in production.
Cash used in investing activities was $6.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of $5.8 million from cash used in investing activities of $1.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2019. This increase is due mainly to the increase in purchases of property and equipment and a one-year license agreement.
Cash provided by financing activities was $0.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2020, a decrease of $9.2 million from cash provided by financing of $9.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2019. The cash provided in 2019 was due to the $10.0 million in funds received from the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, partially offset by $0.8 million in debt issuance cost and other financing payments.
Critical Accounting Policies
For a description of our critical accounting policies, refer to Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our condensed consolidated financial statements included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2020 filed with the SEC on May 11, 2020, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Contractual Obligations
In April 2020, the Company and TNT Holdings entered into an amendment to the lease agreement on the Alpine, Utah facility. Under the current lease, TNT Holdings is allowed to charge the cost of the commercial
67
Table of Contents
general liability insurance to the Company. This amendment gives the Company an insurable interest that allows us to obtain the insurance directly, thereby controlling the cost of insurance, and name TNT Holdings as a co-insured.
Seasonality and Cyclicality
We believe that sales of our products are typically subject to seasonality corresponding to different periods of the consumer spending cycle, holidays and other seasonal factors. Our sales may also vary with the performance of the broader economy consistent with the market.
68
Table of Contents
Introduction
Our mission is to help people feel and live better through innovative comfort solutions.
We are a digitally-native vertical brand founded on comfort product innovation with premium offerings. We design and manufacture a variety of innovative, branded and premium comfort products, including mattresses, pillows, cushions, frames, sheets and other products. Our products are the result over 30 years of innovation and investment in proprietary and patented comfort technologies and the development of our own manufacturing processes. Our proprietary gel technology, Hyper-Elastic Polymer, underpins many of our comfort products and provides a range of benefits that differentiate our offerings from other competitors’ products. In J.D. Power’s 2019 Mattress Satisfaction Report, we ranked highest in customer satisfaction among bed-in-a-box mattresses. We market and sell our products through our direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) online channels, retail brick-and-mortar wholesale partners, third-party online retailers and our owned retail showrooms.
The foundation of our business is core competencies in design, development and manufacturing. Decades of accumulated knowledge enable us to create all aspects of our innovative products, including the fundamental comfort technologies and the machines and processes necessary to bring them to market. We have vertically integrated our operations to include research and development, marketing and manufacturing, resulting in an ability to rapidly test, learn, adapt and scale our product offerings. In order to solve complex manufacturing challenges such as large-format injection molding of our Purple Grid™ (the primary component in our mattresses made with our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology), we designed and produced our own manufacturing equipment including our proprietary and patented Mattress Max™ machinery. There were and still are no off-the-shelf solutions that can handle both our size and scale requirements. We believe our combination of patents and intellectual property, proprietary and patented manufacturing equipment, production processes and decades of acquired knowledge create an advantage over our competitors who rely on commoditized materials, such as foam and outsourced manufacturing.
In addition to developing transformative, differentiated products and technologies, we have built a brand that has high customer engagement and avid online advocates. We have an experienced digital marketing team that generates digital marketing content which enables efficient customer acquisition and builds brand affinity. We believe that our digital marketing strategy enables us to market our full product suite to customers, generate frequent interactions online and drive traffic to all channels online and offline that offer our products.
While the COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted and led to declines in our wholesale, we have been able to capitalize on the DTC macro trend that is transforming the bedding industry. To complement our DTC channel, we have developed multiple wholesale relationships with established vendors such as Mattress Firm, Macy’s, Bloomingdale’s, Furniture Row, Denver Mattress, HOM Furniture, Steinhafels, Raymour & Flanagan and Bed Bath & Beyond. We believe that our distinctly differentiated products, marketing strategies, manufacturing capabilities, unique branding and proprietary technologies position us to continue to drive our growth in comfort products. For the three months ended March 31, 2020, our DTC sales channel accounted for 66% of our revenue and wholesale accounted for 34% of revenue, while sales of bedding accounted for 94% of our revenue and other products accounted for 6%.
We have recently experienced significant growth, as evidenced by the following achievements. Net revenue increased 46.3% to $122.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to $83.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2019. Net income was $20.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of ($0.7) million in the three months ended March 31, 2019. Adjusted EBITDA was $10.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2020, compared to $6.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2019. Total doors increased 100% to 1,777 as of March 31, 2020, compared to 889 as of March 31, 2019 from omni-channel initiatives and wholesale channel expansion. The Average Selling Price
69
Table of Contents
for mattresses increased 8%, or $140 per mattress, in the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019 due to the introduction of new premium products and wholesale expansion.
Reconciliations for Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures are included in the section entitled “Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA” beginning on page 60 of this prospectus.
Industry and Competition
Our portfolio of products is driven by our commitment to innovating real comfort solutions that meaningfully help “every body” feel and live better.
Bedding
The bedding category encompasses a variety of products including mattresses, bases, foundations, sheets, mattress protectors, blankets, duvets and pillows. Meaningful innovation in sleep products has been infrequent and limited over the last 150 years. The first coil spring mattress was introduced in the 1860s and it continues to remain one of the most widely adopted technologies. Over 100 years after the creation of the coil spring mattress, the memory foam-based mattress was launched in 1992, with latex, water and air mattresses also emerging during the latter part of the 20th century. Our Purple Grid represents a meaningful innovation in the following key areas: pressure relief, temperature neutrality, responsiveness, durability and limited motion transfer.
The market for bedding products is large, growing and undergoing fundamental transformations on account of digital marketing and DTC distribution. The U.S. mattress industry is predominantly comprised of vendors that rely on retail distribution as well as a growing number of DTC retailers. The traditional market, led by Tempur-Sealy and Serta Simmons, comprises the vast majority of the bedding market. Mattresses from our competitors are typically manufactured using one or more layers of springs, standard polyurethane foam, memory foam, air bladders or latex foam.
Over the past several years, growth of the DTC market exceeded that of the broader industry. DTC retailers are typically characterized by e-commerce distribution channels, more affordable pricing, free shipping and returns and limited product offerings. DTC retailers typically use layers of foam cushioning that are assembled into a mattress and compressed and rolled into a box for distribution. The DTC market is highly fragmented and highly competitive, based primarily on price, and is rapidly evolving. DTC competitors include, but are not limited to Casper, Leesa, Resident (Nectar), Saatva and Tuft & Needle. We believe their products are generally low-cost foam, often imported and undifferentiated in terms of sleep benefits.
Traditional brick-and-mortar retailers remain a significant part of the market for bedding products. This part of the retail market is also highly fragmented and competitive. The leading brick-and-mortar retailers in the United States and Canada are, respectively, Mattress Firm and Sleep Country Canada. These national retailers compete with regional and smaller retailers and retail channels such as furniture and department stores.
Across these channels, some key factors that impact competition in our industry include product features, reliable logistics, marketing efficiency, brand recognition and reputation, expertise of sales and after-market support, pace of innovation and product roadmap, price of products and services, and financial stability and ability to invest in innovation.
Seat Cushions and Other
Our seat cushions and other category consists of seating cushions and other products that can be purchased independent of furniture. To the best of our knowledge, there are no independent market analyses that
70
Table of Contents
define the size and growth of this category. It is important to note that there is a significantly larger market for cushioning technology embedded within furniture including chairs and sofas as well as seats found in transportation and other categories requiring seating solutions. We believe this is a substantial market opportunity that we could pursue with either branded product offerings or through branded OEM partnerships to embed our technology.
What Makes Purple Different?
We believe Purple has a particular set of competitive strengths that differentiate and position us for continued success:
| • | History of innovation that produced new comfort technology—We are a company built on innovation and licensing founded over 30 years ago. The core team has decades of history developing innovative comfort technology products, including the invention of our proprietary and patented Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology and the Purple Grid component. Our breakthrough mattress represents what we believe to be the first substantive innovation in the mattress industry since the introduction of memory foam in 1992. We believe that the unique properties of the Purple Grid™ cushion enable a number of improvements over existing bedding, compared to competing foam, spring and air mattresses. |
| • | Pressure Relief—The Purple Grid is designed around the science of column buckling which enables firm support across the larger surface areas of a body, while providing pressure relief at local areas or points of pressure or shape. We believe our founders were the first to leverage this science in mattresses. Some of their first mattresses in production were licensed decades ago to medical manufacturers for uses such as critical care beds and continue to this day to be used in hospital beds. The resulting feel is often described as buoyant, similar to floating on water. |
| • | Temperature Neutral—The Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material itself is temperature neutral, and the nature of the Purple Grid is that the surface is mostly air (the channels within the grid), which allows for high air-flow and dissipation of heat and vapor. Foam beds absorb heat from the body and then radiate the heat back, constantly increasing the temperature. The Purple Grid allows for continual sleeping without waking up hot. |
| • | Responsive—Unlike memory foam, which compresses, gets hard and then takes time to recoil, the Purple Grid is instantly responsive to the body as it moves. |
| • | Durable— Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material is a highly durable gel that we believe outlasts most foams by two to three times. The Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology also has numerous applications beyond mattress products including current products such as seat cushions and pillows, as well as future product categories. The development of the Hyper-Elastic Polymer® technology is only one of numerous innovations we have achieved to produce a range of unique and effective comfort products across the bedding and seat cushion and other categories |
| • | Proprietary technologies and manufacturing expertise provide a significant competitive advantage—We believe that the combination of patent protection, proprietary manufacturing equipment and decades of accumulated knowledge creates a competitive advantage through barriers of imitation. We own or have the exclusive right to use over 100 granted or pending patents that cover current and future products as well as proprietary manufacturing equipment we have designed and fabricated. In addition to intellectual property protection of key products and manufacturing capabilities, our team has decades of experience and unique insights derived from inventing and refining proprietary comfort technologies, machines and products. Our Mattress Max™ machine, designed and built by Purple, allows for large-format injection molding of gels at scale, which we |
71
Table of Contents
| believe is not a commercially available capability outside of Purple. Capabilities such as these are essential to produce our products efficiently and at scale. Our sixth Mattress Max™ machine came online in the first quarter of 2020 and we expect to bring our seventh Mattress Max™ machine online in the second quarter of 2020. |
| • | Growing brand with passionate following—Our brand mirrors our passion for uncompromising performance, quality and durability, and with effective use of humor and viral marketing, has been able to cut-through the competitive noise. We believe that our digital marketing strategy has achieved a level of social media engagement that few competitors can match, including a series of videos that have been seen more than 1.8 billion times across Facebook and YouTube. Our brand has been able to extend beyond awareness of individual products and we have successfully marketed our full suite of products to customers using a DTC strategy. We believe customer satisfaction of our product has continued to drive “word of mouth” as the most common reason cited as to how a customer has heard of Purple. |
| • | Balanced, omni-channel distribution strategy—We have sought opportunities to obtain wide reach in brick-and-mortar retailers where our beds could be on display. This is a very different approach versus the majority of bed-in-a-box players who sought traditional Consumer Packaged Goods (“CPG”) distribution, e.g. boxes on shelves. Our goal is to support the customer wherever and however they want to learn, try, and buy through wholesale, owned showrooms, and DTC channels. We are a leader in the DTC category of the bedding market. Our flexible return policies and aggressive expansion of wholesale doors and showrooms allow for more of our targeted customers to feel and experience our products throughout the purchase process. In our wholesale channel, we sell most of our products through select national and regional accounts as well as a variety of independent retail partners throughout the United States. As a result, we believe we are driving accelerated growth in the bedding market compared to the traditional retail bedding industry. |
| • | Premium product offerings—The rise of DTC and discounting in retail has oversaturated the market in value mattresses priced below $1,000 for a queen, with continual downward price pressure driven by Amazon and other large discount channels. According to the International Sleep Products Association 2Q19 Bedding Market Quarterly Report (“ISPA Quarterly Report”), in the quarter ended June 30, 2019, 70% of mattresses sold were priced below $1,000 for a queen and yet made up only 43% of the revenue. Our premium queen mattresses start at the $1,100 price point and range up to $3,000. The ISPA Quarterly Report also indicates that 30% of units sold are above $1,000 for a queen, but earn 57% of industry revenue. We believe there is opportunity to take share on the premium side of the market. |
| • | Vertical integration enables nimble design, development and execution—We design and develop our cushioning products in-house and we have extensive research and development capabilities led by a team of engineers, industrial designers and marketing specialists. The ability to develop and test products in this manner enables us not only to prototype and deploy new ideas, but also to design and develop corresponding manufacturing equipment and processes. In addition, we continuously refine our production methods to improve product quality and enhance efficiency. The resulting real-time feedback cycle is a key differentiator compared to other competitors that outsource many of these functions and lack an integrated approach. |
Growth Strategies
| • | Further direct-to-consumer growth and penetration—We believe that we are well positioned to leverage our brand, leading product portfolio, vertical integration and strong marketing capabilities to continue to attract new customers via our DTC channel. Our site was originally built for only a few SKUs and we are investing in redesign and re-platforming as our assortment has grown. Continued successful execution within the DTC channel represents a significant growth opportunity. |
72
Table of Contents
| • | Expanded omni-channel distribution and retail relationships—Expanding retail distribution of our products via new and existing arrangements represents an opportunity to tap into the large brick-and-mortar category of the cushioning market. We currently sell our products through numerous wholesale partners including Mattress Firm, Macy’s, Bloomingdale’s, Furniture Row, Denver Mattress, HOM Furniture, Steinhafels, Raymour & Flanagan and Bed Bath & Beyond. We are also in discussions with multiple new potential partners to expand our wholesale distribution capabilities. Our Company showrooms on the West Coast have been temporarily closed due to temporary shutdowns of non-essential businesses and shelter-at-home directives in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. We anticipate continual expansion of our showrooms as such restrictions are lifted and we continue to optimize the format. |
| • | Existing product innovation—We have a rich history of product innovation and have developed core competencies in design, prototyping and manufacturing. This vertical integration enables us to continuously refine our existing products and manufacturing processes, as well as to introduce new offerings, with the potential to attract new customers and drive repeat sales. |
| • | New product launches—We have a pipeline of future products we are developing. We are constantly exploring new technologies and ways to expand the benefits of our technologies through new product offerings. This includes innovations in mattresses beyond the Purple Grid, an expanded assortment based on the Harmony PillowTM that includes new patent-pending technology, other assortment expansion and new products in cushioning and additional categories. |
| • | International expansion—We believe there is a substantial opportunity for international expansion, and we expect to find new opportunities as we expand into various foreign markets. We anticipate entering Canada during 2020 via wholesale channels and we plan to expand in other foreign markets in the future as well. More than half of the global mattress market is outside of the United States, and we believe that our differentiated products, multi-channel distribution strategy, manufacturing capabilities, vertical integration and marketing expertise will enable us to enter new markets. We are exploring opportunities for international marketing, manufacturing and warehousing, as well as franchise and wholesale partners. |
Our Products
Our current product portfolio is as follows:
| • | Mattresses—Our mattresses utilize the unique benefits of the Purple Grid creating a one-of-a-kind sleep solution that is breathable to help regulate body temperature and soft enough to cradle pressure points while also providing support through the buckling columns. Our Purple Grid is manufactured with non-toxic, food-contact-grade ingredients that third-party testing has shown are free from carcinogenic chemicals. We back up the quality and durability of our mattress with a 100-night comfort guarantee and a ten-year warranty. We currently sell four distinct models of mattresses, ranging from our entry level foam-core, to our hybrid with premium pocket coil cores, to our premier mattresses which add an additional 1 or 2 inches of Purple Grid. All four mattresses simultaneously provide support and cushioning, leveraging our unique Purple Grid with column buckling. The result is a bed that relaxes under pressure while providing firm support. Competing mattresses are typically uniform in the level of firmness throughout the mattress and are varying degrees of soft or firm. This tradeoff is problematic as regions of the body such as the head, feet, hips and shoulders require different levels of support. Our mattresses are also temperature neutral, which is an advantage as temperature regulation is a key component of achieving optimal sleeping conditions. |
73
Table of Contents
| • | Pillows— We currently sell three different pillows. The Purple Harmony Pillow™ is a hybrid, hypoallergenic pillow featuring the world’s first and only tapered 360º Purple Grid Hex surrounding a soft, responsive Talalay latex core for optimal head and neck support. It has a cool-to-the-touch, moisture-wicking Breeze Mesh cover to enhance the benefits of the Purple Grid Hex. It’s the ultimate balance of soft, cool, and responsive No Pressure Support. The Purple Pillow™ utilizes the Purple Grid in a head-specific triangular grid-shape to protect against breaking down or losing shape. We believe our pillow is unique, with no other product in the market like it in appearance, design or comfort. The pillow is designed to relax under pressure without losing support. We also sell a more traditional pillow, the Purple Plush Pillow™, with other unique, patented features that enable adjustment of the pillow for customized comfort. We back up the quality and durability of our pillows with a 100-night comfort guarantee and a one year warranty. |
| • | Sheets— Our sheets and pillow cases are made of a stretchy and breathable bamboo-based Viscose and are designed to maximize the functionality of the Purple Grid™ in our mattresses and pillows. Recognizing that conventional sheets are often too taut to allow a mattress to correctly conform and adapt, we developed our own technology to enable customers to experience the full performance potential of our mattress (or any other mattress). |
| • | Mattress Protector—Like our sheets, our mattress protector is designed to optimize the functionality of the Purple Grid in our mattress. Our mattress protector is stretchy, breathable, protective against liquids and stain resistant. |
| • | Bed Frames— Our platform base is designed for standard beds without box springs and fits all current Purple® bed sizes. Constructed from lightweight steel, our Purple™ platform is more hygienic compared to box-spring foundations. The platform also provides optimal support and prevents the mattress from sagging. The new Purple Foundation is a metal frame that is upholstered. The frame’s supports are made of high-density polyethylene, so they don’t creak or make noise like wood supports. Plus, the joints of the Purple Foundation are reinforced with nylon buffers to help prevent squeaking. Finally, the accompanying slipcover gives a beautiful, polished, upholstered look. Our Purple™ PowerBase complements our mattresses by adding electrically powered functions, such as adjustable head and foot positions, dual massagers with multiple wave patterns, under bed lighting and a remote with cradle that provides additional USB ports and outlets for charging. |
| • | Seat Cushions— Our founders invented their first version of a seat cushion nearly two decades ago to solve the extreme use case of people in wheelchairs suffering from compression sores (decubitus ulcers). These exacting requirements, coupled with the unique demands of the medical equipment marketplace, such as lighter weight, safety, incontinence protection, sterility, non-toxicity and durability became foundational to our unique product differentiation. The evolution of our portfolio of seat cushions has resulted from decades of in-house manufacturing experience including development of proprietary machines and trade secrets. The cushions utilize Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material in our Purple Grid™ design to provide a comfortable seating experience and are designed to maximize airflow and maintain the neutral temperature of the seat. The Purple Grid™ allows our seat cushions to relax under pressure, providing pressure-releasing comfort. Our seat cushions include seven consumer models plus variants for the medical industry. |
| • | Weighted Blanket and Duvets—Our Purple + Gravity weighted blanket is the world’s first weighted blanket with Purple’s dual-sided technology that allows people to snuggle up however they want when they choose the cool or warm side. The weighted blanket fits a queen or king bed and evenly distributes 35 pounds of weight across the whole bed. The Purple™ Duvet is a soft comforter filled with 100% polyester down alternative with a 100% cotton cover for soft, breathable comfort. |
74
Table of Contents
As of May 8, 2020, prices subject to change.
75
Table of Contents
Technology
Technology is key to our unique position within the Comfort Industry. With our proprietary Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material used in the Purple Grid™, we have introduced the first major innovation to the mattress category in decades. Mattresses from our competitors are typically manufactured using one or more layers of springs, standard polyurethane foam, memory foam, air chambers or latex foam. These technologies have existed for decades and are undifferentiated from competitors within their product type.
Proprietary Technologies
The Purple team, through their scientific journey to get to the root causes of pressure sores, designed the Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material and other proprietary comfort technologies in order to improve the lives of “every body.” Each different cushioning product line requires unique molding techniques.
Our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material is non-toxic and hypoallergenic, making it safe to use. Our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material is durable and does not develop body impressions (compression set) from use over time. It is elastic and can stretch up to 15 times its original size and return without losing its shape. It sleeps and sits temperature neutral and has good ventilation to inhibit moisture build-up.
Proprietary Machinery
Internally designed, developed and built, our Mattress Max™ machines are the only machines able to mold our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material into large-format king-sized mattresses at scale. We have modified other molding machines to manufacture other products containing Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material such as pillows and seat cushions. The process of molding our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material using our Mattress Max™ machinery is proprietary, patent-protected and complex, requiring specific knowledge and expertise to successfully execute manufacturing. We have vertically integrated with our own machine shop with mechanics and engineers at each of our factories to maintain these machines and our other equipment. Furthermore, we have extensive in-house fabrication capabilities, which enable us to design, manufacture, install and maintain new equipment as well as optimize the performance and efficiency of our existing machinery based on real-time insights gained from our vertically integrated operations.
Marketing
We have developed a brand that resonates with consumers. Our marketing efforts are focused on attracting, acquiring and retaining customers, primarily through digital campaigns and online advertising. Our campaigns are unique and memorable featuring product demonstrations that have been able to harness viral efficiencies associated with social media. As a result, we have created a brand with a loyal audience that frequently interacts with our content. This enables us to increase interaction with customers to drive additional product sales across our portfolio of offerings. The success we have achieved through these social marketing campaigns has been key in our branding and awareness. Our digital marketing team has expertise across a broad range of marketing capabilities including audience segmentation, video production, communication and targeting. We also utilize television, radio and print mediums to create brand and product awareness.
We actively pursue business relationships that extend our brand reach. For example, Purple has leveraged co-branding opportunities with Disney-Pixar on multiple occasions and with well-known internet personalities. We believe these types of brand associations will further extend our brand reach. We continue to explore co-brand opportunities with celebrities, teams and athletes.
76
Table of Contents
Our Sales Channels
Historically, the majority of our sales have been through our DTC e-commerce platform; however, our wholesale channel has been growing rapidly. We have relationships with a growing number of brick-and-mortar retailers and are expanding our national footprint of retail partners that sell our products.
Direct-to-Consumer Channel
E-commerce is our primary distribution channel. We have benefitted from the rapid growth of the DTC mattress industry in addition to our differentiated product offering and unique marketing campaigns. We expect the DTC mattress industry to continue to grow as consumer confidence in online shopping increases. We sell directly to consumers through our website, www.purple.com and through our growing customer operations center. We help customers easily engage in relevant content, research our solutions, transact online and find support. We believe our online experience expands our brand and connections with consumers, enabling deeper awareness, engagement and brand loyalty. We believe that our 100-night trial along with free shipping and free returns provides confidence to consumers to buy a mattress.
We operate Company showrooms at our Lehi, Utah headquarters and three other showrooms on the West Coast. In addition, we have a factory outlet in Salt Lake City, Utah where consumers can experience our brand, learn and engage with our technology, and purchase our products. On average, our stores currently generate revenues above industry store averages. We anticipate continual expansion of our showrooms as we optimize the format. Currently, our Company showrooms on the West Coast have been temporarily closed due to temporary shutdowns of non-essential businesses and shelter-at-home directives in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Wholesale Channel
We sell our assortment of products through brick-and-mortar wholesale partners. We began selling mattresses and bedding products through our largest wholesale partner, Mattress Firm, in November 2017. We have expanded the number of retail doors to 1,777, where our mattresses and bedding products are sold, and now sell mattresses through Mattress Firm, Macy’s, Bloomingdale’s, Furniture Row, Denver Mattress, HOM Furniture, Steinhafels, Raymour & Flanigan and Bed Bath & Beyond. We typically have 3 to 4 beds on the floor with highly branded displays. Sales associates have been very effective at educating consumers regarding our unique benefits as well as shifting the mix upward to our more expensive and higher margin mattresses. We anticipate continuing to expand our national footprint of brick-and-mortar wholesale partners that sell our products so that most potential customers will be able to locally try our differentiated mattresses before they buy.
Customer Concentration
In general, our revenues to date have relied on many smaller customers. However, as we have expanded our wholesale sales channel, we have seen some customer concentration, resulting in one individual customer accounting for approximately 20 percent of revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2020 and approximately 64 percent of accounts receivable at March 31, 2020. No other customers exceeded 10 percent of revenues during the three months ended March 31, 2020. The loss of this customer could have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows; however, we believe that, as we expand our wholesale channel by engaging with new wholesale partners, we will reduce the customer concentration risks associated with having a single customer account for a substantial portion of our revenues.
Operations
Factories, Supply Chain and Manufacturing
We operate factories in Alpine, Utah and Grantsville, Utah, which manufacture and distribute Purple® products. These two factories have a total of 667,000 square-feet (15 acres under roof), including
77
Table of Contents
approximately 574,000 square-feet at our Grantsville, Utah facility and approximately 93,000 square-feet at our Alpine, Utah facility. At these factories we manufacture our proprietary Hyper-Elastic Polymer® and Purple Grid used in our mattress, pillow and seat cushion products. We assemble, package and ship our products from these facilities. We anticipate opening a new manufacturing and distribution facility on the east coast in 2020 to achieve additional manufacturing capacity and efficiencies in distribution. We believe that these facilities will provide ample room to accommodate our future growth and expansion plans for the near term.
We outsource and resell other products, including adjustable bases, platform bases, sheets, mattress protectors, blankets and duvets. These products are either designed in-house or in partnership and are unique to Purple.
We have relationships with, or have identified, multiple suppliers for our outsourced products and components. These suppliers may be interchanged in order to maintain quality, cost and delivery expectations.
Employees
Our most valuable asset is our people and their learned institutional knowledge. As of March 31, 2020, we had approximately 995 employees, of which 978 are full-time employees. Approximately 380 of our employees were on temporary furlough at March 31, 2020. In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2020, we temporarily suspended the services of our temporary labor workforce. Currently, we have ended our furlough, called employees back to work and are operating production lines at near capacity.
Our current employee population works primarily within our two factories and at our new headquarters in Lehi, Utah. We regularly engage labor contracting agencies and independent contractors to accelerate our progress and to provide support across various functions within our organization. We have no collective bargaining agreements with our employees.
Environmental and Governmental Regulation
We are subject to numerous federal, state, local and foreign consumer protection and other laws regulating the bedding industry. These regulations vary among the states and countries in which we do and intend to do business. In the United States, we are subject to regulations promulgated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and other federal agencies that have authority to regulate our operations. Included in these regulations are laws restricting the generation, emission, treatment, storage and disposal of materials, substances and waste. We are subject to the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act. Our mattress products are also subject to fire-retardant standards developed by the State of California, U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission and other jurisdictions where we sell these products.
As a retailer of bedding and cushioning products, we are also subject to laws and regulations applicable to retailers generally, including those regulations governing the marketing and sale of our products and the operation of our e-commerce activities. We are also subject to import and export laws to the extent our products and their component parts cross international boundaries. Many of these regulations are consumer-focused and pertain to safety, truth-in-advertising, promotional offers, privacy, “do not call/mail” requirements, warranty disclosure, delivery timing requirements and similar requirements.
It is our policy and practice to comply with all applicable U.S. and foreign laws. We have made and will continue to make capital and other expenditures necessary to comply with these laws. These expenditures have been immaterial to our financial results. We have not suffered a material adverse effect from non-compliance with federal, state, local or foreign legislation, but there can be no assurance that material costs or liabilities will not be incurred in connection with such legislation in the future.
78
Table of Contents
Research and Development
Our research and development team is focused on developing new comfort technologies, manufacturing machines, and improving production processes, as well as developing products. We have an extensive history of innovation that is core to our culture and key to our continued success. Our inventions have culminated over years of persistent research and development. We intend to continue to develop and introduce new comfort technologies and products to improve how people live. Our vertical integration is a key differentiator that enhances the effectiveness of our research and development capabilities. By gaining real-time feedback, we are able to integrate these insights into our manufacturing process, digital marketing, products and equipment.
Intellectual Property
We rely on patent and trademark protection laws to protect our intellectual property and maintain our competitive position in the marketplace. We hold various U.S. and foreign patents, patent applications, trademarks and trademark applications regarding certain elements of the design, manufacturing and function of our products. We also maintain protections over proprietary trade secrets. Our intellectual property portfolio is integral to our continued success in this industry, in particular with respect to our Hyper-Elastic Polymer® and Purple Grid and our Mattress Max™ machine.
We own or have the exclusive right to use over 100 granted or pending U.S. and foreign patents on inventions and designs pertaining to our machines, processes, mattresses, pillows, seat cushions, packaging techniques and other related existing and future products. Our issued U.S. patents that are significant to our operations are expected to expire at various dates up to 2038.
We have a number of trademarks registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, including EquaPressure®, WonderGel® and EquaGel® (for cushions), and Purple®, No Pressure®, Hyper-Elastic Polymer® and Somnigel® (for plasticized elastomeric gel and certain types of products). Applications are pending for registration of some of the trademarks for additional classes of goods. Our Purple, No Pressure and Hyper-Elastic Polymer trademarks are also registered and have applications pending for various classes of goods in numerous foreign jurisdictions, some of which include Australia, Canada, China, Europe, United Kingdom, Japan and Korea. Certain international trademark applications previously resided with EdiZONE, LLC, which is an entity owned by our founders, and were licensed to Purple Innovation, LLC and we have taken the necessary steps to have those trademarks assigned to Purple Innovation, LLC upon registration.
We also have a number of common law trademarks, including Harmony™, Purple Harmony Pillow™, Harmony Pillow™, Purple Powerbase™, Purple Powerbase Premier™, Purple Powerbase Plus™, Purple Glove™, Eidertech™, Purple Grid™, Mattress Max™, WonderGel Original™, WonderGel Extreme™, DoubleGel™, DoubleGel Plus™, DoubleGel Ultra™, Roll n’ Go™, Fold N’ Go™, Purple Bed™, Purple Top™, Purple Pillow™, Portable Purple™, Everywhere Purple™, Simply Purple™, Lite Purple™, Royal Purple™, Double Purple™, Deep Purple™, Ultimate Purple™, Purple Back™, EquaGel Straight Comfort™, EquaGel General™, EquaGel Protector™, and EquaGel Adjustable™.
In addition, we maintain copyrights to past and present versions of purple.com, onpurple.com, equapressure.com, wondergel.com, marketing content, blogs, logos, graphics, videos and other marketing and promotional materials promoting our products.
We protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, including through litigation as necessary.
Our History
Tony and Terry Pearce have decades of history of developing innovative comfort technologies, machines and products. In 1989, the Pearce brothers created a partnership to develop high-tech carbon fiber
79
Table of Contents
sporting goods and wheelchairs. In the course of developing and testing wheelchair products, it was clear to the founding team that the core issue of wheelchair comfort could only be solved if the extreme case of compression sores was solved. This led them on a scientific journey to discover the root causes of pressure sores and how to mitigate this condition.
In 2010, Tony and Terry launched what has become our current vertically integrated company. The first products sold were seat cushions. In 2013 we attempted to develop a king-size mattress using our improved Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material. The principal setback in developing king-size mattresses was that the entire surface of the mattress could not be covered using a single piece of Hyper-Elastic Polymer® material. There were no injection molding machines on the market that worked at this size. Over the years and with substantial investment the team overcame this obstacle by creating the proprietary Mattress Max™ machine. We began selling our Purple brand of mattresses with a small test in late 2015 and at scale beginning in January 2016. Purple, LLC, was organized as a Delaware limited liability company on May 26, 2010 under the name WonderGel, LLC. We changed our name to Purple Innovation, LLC on January 27, 2017.
On February 2, 2018, we consummated the Business Combination, pursuant to which we acquired a portion of the equity of Purple LLC. The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization because the former owners of Purple LLC held control over the combined company through their 82% ownership of the common stock of the Company at the time of the Business Combination. Although the Company was the legal acquirer, the historical operations of Purple LLC are deemed to be those of the Company.
80
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth, as of May 8, 2020, the name of the Selling Stockholder for which we are registering Class A Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock that the Selling Stockholder is offering pursuant to this prospectus. In calculating percentages of shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by a particular holder, in accordance with SEC rules, we treated as outstanding the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon an Exchange of Paired Securities and did not assume an Exchange of any other holder’s Paired Securities.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest. Except as described in the footnotes below and subject to applicable community property laws and similar laws, we believe that each person listed above has sole voting and investment power with respect to such shares.
For purposes of the tables below we have assumed that after termination of this offering none of the securities offered by this prospectus will be beneficially owned by the Selling Stockholder, and we have further assumed that the Selling Stockholder will not acquire beneficial ownership of any additional securities during the offering.
| Shares of Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned Before the Offering |
Without Exercise of the Underwriters’ Option |
With Full Exercise of the Underwriters’ Option |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Name of Selling Stockholder |
Shares of Class A Common Stock to be Sold in the Offering |
Shares of Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned After the Offering |
Percentage of Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned After the Offering (4) |
Shares of Class A Common Stock to be Sold in the Offering |
Shares of Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned After the Offering |
Percentage of Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned After the Offering (4) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| InnoHold, LLC (1) |
29,158,227 | (2) | 9,000,000 | 20,158,227 | (3) | 37.9 | % | 10,350,000 | 18,808,227 | (5) | 35.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||
| (1) | Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce, who serve as directors of the Company, are the managers of InnoHold. Each of Terry and Tony Pearce may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Class B Common Stock held by InnoHold. Voting and disposition decisions with respect to such securities are made jointly by Terry and Tony Pearce. Each of Terry and Tony Pearce disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The business address of each of InnoHold, Tony Pearce and Terry Pearce is 801 S. 1230 E., Alpine, Utah 84004. |
| (2) | Consists of 29,158,227 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the Exchange of an equal number of shares of our Class B Common Stock and Class B Units of Purple LLC. |
| (3) | Consists of 20,158,227 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the Exchange of an equal number of shares of our Class B Common Stock and Class B Units of Purple LLC held by InnoHold. |
| (4) | Assumes the Exchange of all Paired Securities held by the Selling Stockholders. |
| (5) | Consists of 18,808,227 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the Exchange of an equal number of shares of our Class B Common Stock and Class B Units of Purple LLC held by InnoHold. |
81
Table of Contents
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to a Non-U.S. Holder (as defined below) with respect to the ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A Common Stock. For purposes of this discussion, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our Class A Common Stock that treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as is an individual, corporation, estate or trust, other than:
| • | an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes; |
| • | a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
| • | an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or |
| • | a trust if: (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a domestic trust. |
If a partnership (or an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our Class A Common Stock, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner of such partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Persons that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are treated as partners in a partnership holding shares of our Class A Common Stock are urged to consult their own tax advisors.
This discussion only addresses beneficial owners that are Non-U.S. Holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock that hold such shares of Class A Common Stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of such Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances or that may be applicable to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (including, for example, financial institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, Non-U.S. Holders who acquire our Class A Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for their services, Non-U.S. Holders liable for the alternative minimum tax, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States, persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to shares of our Class A Common Stock being taken into account in an applicable financial statement, persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, and Non-U.S. Holders that hold our Class A Common Stock as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale or conversion transaction). In addition, this discussion does not address U.S. federal tax laws other than those pertaining to U.S. federal income tax (such as U.S. federal estate or gift tax or the Medicare contribution tax on certain net investment income), nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of these taxes.
The following discussion is based upon current provisions of the Code, U.S. judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements and Treasury regulations, all as in effect and applicable as of the date hereof. All of the preceding authorities are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in
82
Table of Contents
U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested, and will not request, a ruling from the IRS with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and as a result there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with or challenge any of the conclusions we have reached and describe herein.
Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the particular consequences to them under U.S. federal, state and local, and applicable foreign tax laws of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A Common Stock.
Distributions
Although we do not anticipate that we will make any distributions on our Class A Common Stock in the foreseeable future, distributions of cash or property that we pay in respect of our Class A Common Stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Subject to the discussions below under “—U.S. Trade or Business Income,” “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “—FATCA,” you generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or at a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, on any dividends received in respect of our Class A Common Stock. If the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in our Class A Common Stock, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain. However, we (or the paying agent or other intermediary through which you hold your Class A Common Stock elects) may be required to withhold on the entire distribution, in which case you would be entitled to a refund from the IRS for the withholding tax on the portion of the distribution that exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits.
In order to obtain a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, you will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or, in each case, a successor form) certifying your entitlement to benefits under the treaty. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding your possible entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty.
Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock
Subject to the discussions below under “—U.S. Trade or Business Income,” “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “—FATCA,” you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A Common Stock unless:
| • | the gain is U.S. trade or business income, in which case, such gain will be taxed as described in “—U.S. Trade or Business Income” below; |
| • | you are an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which certain capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed certain capital losses allocable to U.S. sources; or |
| • | we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” (a “USRPHC”) under Section 897 of the Code at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and your holding period for the Class A Common Stock, in which case, subject to the exception set forth in the second sentence of the next paragraph, such gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as U.S. trade or business income discussed below. |
83
Table of Contents
In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its “United States real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. In the event that we are determined to be a USRPHC, gain will not be subject to tax as U.S. trade or business income if your holdings (actually and constructively) at all times during the applicable period described in the third bullet point above constituted 5% or less of our Class A Common Stock, provided that our Class A Common Stock was regularly traded on an established securities market during such period. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
U.S. Trade or Business Income
For purposes of this discussion, dividend income and gain on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A Common Stock will be considered to be “U.S. trade or business income” if (i) such income or gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States and (ii) if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States and such treaty requires, such gain is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, if you are an individual, a fixed base) that you maintain in the United States. Generally, U.S. trade or business income is not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax (provided that you comply with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, including providing a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form)); instead, you are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at regular U.S. federal income tax rates (generally in the same manner as a U.S. person) on your U.S. trade or business income. If you are a corporation, any U.S. trade or business income that you receive may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
We must annually report to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder any dividend income that is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax or that is exempt from such withholding pursuant to an income tax treaty. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which a Non-U.S. Holder resides. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes a backup withholding obligation on certain reportable payments. Dividends paid to you will generally be exempt from backup withholding if you provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or, in each case, a successor form) or otherwise establish an exemption and we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person or that the conditions of such other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied.
The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of our Class A Common Stock to or through the U.S. office of any broker (U.S. or non-U.S.) will be subject to information reporting and possible backup withholding unless you certify as to your non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establish an exemption and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of our Class A Common Stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding unless the non-U.S. broker has certain types of relationships with the United States (a “U.S. related financial intermediary”). In the case of the payment of proceeds from the disposition of our Class A Common Stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a U.S. related financial intermediary, the Treasury regulations require information reporting (but not backup withholding) on the payment unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the owner is not a U.S. person and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary. You are urged to consult your tax advisor on the application of information reporting and backup withholding in light of your particular circumstances.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to you will be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
84
Table of Contents
FATCA
Pursuant to Section 1471 through 1474 of the Code, commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), foreign financial institutions (which include most foreign hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds, securitization vehicles and any other investment vehicles) and certain other foreign entities that do not otherwise qualify for an exemption must comply with information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or be subject to a withholding tax on U.S. source payments made to them (whether received as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary for another party).
More specifically, a foreign financial institution or other foreign entity that does not comply with the FATCA reporting requirements or otherwise qualify for an exemption will generally be subject to a 30% withholding tax with respect to any “withholdable payments.” For this purpose, withholdable payments generally include U.S.-source payments otherwise subject to nonresident withholding tax (e.g., U.S.-source dividends). While withholding under FATCA would have also applied to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of shares of our Class A Common Stock on or after January 1, 2019, recently proposed Treasury regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds. The preamble to these proposed regulations indicates that taxpayers may rely on them pending their finalization. The FATCA withholding tax will apply to all withholdable payments without regard to whether the beneficial owner of the payment would otherwise be entitled to an exemption from imposition of withholding tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty with the United States or U.S. domestic law. We will not pay additional amounts to holders of our Common Shares in respect of amounts withheld. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.
FATCA currently applies to dividends made in respect of our Class A Common Stock. To avoid withholding on dividends, Non-U.S. Holders may be required to provide the Company (or its withholding agents) with applicable tax forms or other information. Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the FATCA provisions to them based on their particular circumstances.
85
Table of Contents
The following summary of the material terms of our securities is not intended to be a complete summary of the rights and preferences of such securities. We urge you to read our certificate of incorporation in its entirety for a complete description of the rights and preferences of our securities.
Authorized and Outstanding Stock
Our authorized capital stock consists of 300 million shares of common stock, including 210 million shares of Class A Common Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share, and 90 million shares of Class B Common Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share, and five million shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. As of May 8, 2020, there were 53,892,459 shares of common stock outstanding, including 23,622,214 shares of Class A Common Stock, held of record by approximately 33 stockholders of record, and 30,270,245 shares of Class B Common Stock, held by approximately 23 stockholders of record, no shares of preferred stock outstanding and 30,951,140 warrants outstanding held of record by approximately 19 holders of warrants. Such numbers of stockholders do not include Depository Trust Company participants or beneficial owners holding shares through nominee names.
The following is a summary of the rights of our common and preferred stock and some of the provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, our outstanding warrants, our registration rights agreements and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws, the warrant and registration rights agreements, as well as the relevant provisions of the DGCL.
Common Stock
Class A Common Stock
Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. Unless specified in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws, or as required by applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of our common shares that are voted is required to approve any such matter voted on by our stockholders. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at an annual meeting of stockholders by holders of our common stock. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors. Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, our stockholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the common stock. Our stockholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights, other than as described below in the section entitled “Preemptive or Other Rights.” There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.
Class B Common Stock
Holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. Unless specified in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws, or as required by applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock
86
Table of Contents
exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of our common shares that are voted is required to approve any such matter voted on by our stockholders. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at an annual meeting of stockholders by holders of our common stock. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors.
The Class B Common Stock is not entitled to receive dividends, if declared by the Board, or to receive any portion of any such assets in respect of their shares upon liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding-up of the Company in excess of the par value of such stock. In addition, the Class B Common Stock may only be issued to and held by InnoHold and its permitted transferees (collectively, the “Permitted Holders”).
At any time Purple LLC issues a Class B Unit to a Permitted Holder, the Company will issue a share of Class B Common Stock to such Permitted Holder. Upon an Exchange of a Class B Unit pursuant to the Exchange Agreement for a share of Class A Common Stock, the corresponding share of Class B Common Stock will be automatically cancelled for no consideration. Shares of Class B Common Stock may only be transferred to a person other than the Company or Purple LLC if the transferee is a Permitted Holder and an equal number of Class B Units are simultaneously transferred to such transferee.
Exchange Rights. An Exchange of Class B Common Stock and Class B Units must be made under the terms of the Exchange Agreement. The Exchange Agreement provides for an initial exchange ratio of (i) one share of Class B Common Stock plus (ii) one Class B Unit for one share of Class A Common Stock, in each case subject to certain adjustments.
Under the Exchange Agreement, holders of Paired Securities may elect to exchange all or any portion of their Paired Securities for shares of Class A Common Stock by delivering a notice to the Company setting forth the number of Paired Securities to be exchanged. Each share of Class B Common Stock and each Class B Unit so exchanged will be cancelled upon the issuance of the underlying Class A Common Stock.
In certain cases, adjustments to the exchange ratio will occur in case of a split, reclassification, recapitalization, subdivision or similar transaction of or relating to the Class B Units or the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock or a transaction in which the Class A Common Stock is exchanged or exchanged into other securities or property. The exchange ratio will also adjust in certain circumstances when the Company acquires Class B Units other than through an exchange into shares of Class A Common Stock.
The right of a holder of Paired Securities to exchange may be limited by the Company if it reasonably determines in good faith that such restrictions are required by applicable law (including securities laws), such exchange would not be permitted under other agreements of such holder with the Company or its subsidiaries, including the operating agreement of Purple LLC, or if such exchange would cause Purple LLC to be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under applicable tax laws.
The Company and each holder of Paired Securities shall bear its own expense regarding the exchange except that the Company shall be responsible for transfer taxes, stamp taxes and similar duties.
The foregoing summary of the Exchange Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the full text of the Exchange Agreement, a copy of which is included as Exhibit 4.4 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and is incorporated by reference herein.
Founder Shares
2,587,500 of our outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock were sold to Global Partner Sponsor I LLC (the “Sponsor”) in our initial public offering. These “Founder Shares” are identical to the shares of Class A Common Stock sold in our initial public offering, and holders of these shares have the same stockholder rights as public stockholders.
87
Table of Contents
In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, the Company, Continental Stock Transfer and the Coliseum Investors entered into an Agreement to Assign Founder Shares (the “Founder Share Assignment Agreement”), pursuant to which the Sponsor assigned to the Coliseum Investors an aggregate of 1,293,750 of its Founder Shares (the “Coliseum Founder Shares”).
Voting Power
Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in any certificate of designation for any series of preferred stock, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock have exclusive voting power for the election of directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action. Holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters to be voted on by stockholders.
Warrants
Incremental Loan Warrants
In connection with the closing of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”) dated February 26, 2019 by and among Purple LLC, Coliseum Capital Partners, L.P. (“CCP”), Blackwell Partners LLC – Series A (“Blackwell”), Coliseum Co-Invest Debt Fund, L.P. (“CDF” and together with CCP and Blackwell, the “Lenders”) and Delaware Trust Company, we issued to the Lenders, in a private placement, warrants (the “Incremental Loan Warrants”) to purchase 2,613,240 shares of our Class A Common Stock. The terms of the Incremental Loan Warrants are described below.
General. Each Incremental Loan Warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at a price of $5.74 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below. The Incremental Loan Warrants expire on February 26, 2024, at 5:00 p.m., New York time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.
Exercise. The Incremental Loan Warrants may be exercised by providing an executed notice of exercise form accompanied by full payment of the exercise price or on a cashless basis, if applicable. The holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Class A Common Stock or any voting rights until they exercise their Incremental Loan Warrants and receive shares of Class A Common Stock. After the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of the Incremental Loan Warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. Upon 20 days’ prior written notice, the Company may, in its sole discretion, decrease the exercise price of the Incremental Loan Warrants at any time prior to the expiration of the Incremental Loan Warrants for a period of not less than 20 business days.
Redemption Right. Once the Incremental Loan Warrants become exercisable, the Company may call the Incremental Loan Warrants for redemption in whole and not in part at a price of $0.01 per share of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Incremental Loan Warrants upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (the “30-day redemption period”) to each warrantholder, provided that this redemption right is only available if the reported last sale price of the Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $24.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrantholders. If the Company calls the Incremental Loan Warrants for redemption, it will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise his, her or its Incremental Loan Warrant to do so on a “cashless basis” by which the holders would pay the exercise price by surrendering their Incremental Loan Warrants for that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the Incremental Loan Warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the Incremental Loan Warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below), by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” means the average reported last sale price of the Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the
88
Table of Contents
third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of Incremental Loan Warrants.
Beneficial Ownership Limitation. The warrantholders may elect to be subject to a requirement that such warrantholder will not have the right to exercise its Incremental Loan Warrants, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (as specified by the holder) of the shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.
Anti-Dilution Protection. If the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock, or by a split-up of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Incremental Loan Warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. A rights offering to holders of Class A Common Stock entitling holders to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Class A Common Stock) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of Class A Common Stock paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Class A Common Stock, in determining the price payable for Class A Common Stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) “fair market value” means the volume weighted average price of Class A Common Stock as reported during the ten trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of Class A Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.
In addition, if the Company, at any time while the Incremental Loan Warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pays a dividend or makes a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of Class A Common Stock on account of such shares of Class A Common Stock (or other shares of our capital stock into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described in the paragraph above or (b) certain ordinary cash dividends, then the Incremental Loan Warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of Class A Common Stock in respect of such event.
If the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.
Whenever the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Incremental Loan Warrants is adjusted, as described in the paragraphs above, the Incremental Loan Warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the Incremental Loan Warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Incremental Loan Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.
Fundamental Transaction; Exercise Price Adjustment. In the event of a “fundamental transaction” the holder will have the right to purchase and receive the same kind and amount of consideration receivable by the stockholders of the Company in such fundamental transaction. The Company will cause the surviving company
89
Table of Contents
in a fundamental transaction to assume the obligations of the Company under the Incremental Loan Warrants. In addition, the holder may elect to either (i) have the exercise price of the warrant reduced by the Black-Scholes value of the Incremental Loan Warrants (as set forth in the Incremental Loan Warrants) or (ii) cause the Company or its successor to repurchase all or a portion of the Incremental Loan Warrants at the Black-Scholes value (as set forth in the Incremental Loan Warrants). For purposes of the Incremental Loan Warrants, a “fundamental transaction” includes, subject to certain exceptions, any reclassification or reorganization of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation, any merger or consolidation with (but not into) another corporation in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation own less than a majority of the outstanding stock of the surviving entity, any sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets or other property of the Company, and any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) consummates a tender, exchange or redemption offer after which such group beneficially owns more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company.
Additionally, the exercise price of the warrant will be reduced by the Black-Scholes value of the Incremental Loan Warrants (as set forth in the Incremental Loan Warrants) in the event (a) any person (other than the holders of the Incremental Loan Warrants and their affiliates), together with members of any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) of which such person is a part, and together with any affiliate or associate of such person (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) and any members of any such group of which any such affiliate or associate is a part, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, through purchase, merger or other acquisition transaction or series of transactions, securities of the Company entitling such person or group to exercise 25% or more of the total voting power of all voting securities of the Company, (b) Tony Pearce or Terry Pearce individually or together cease beneficially to own at least 50% of the voting securities of the Company, or (c) the Board ceases to be comprised of a majority of independent directors (as defined under NASDAQ rules) for a period of longer than 60 consecutive days. Depending upon the Black-Scholes value of the Incremental Loan Warrants at the time of any such transaction, the exercise price of the Incremental Loan Warrants could be reduced to zero and the Incremental Loan Warrants would be exercisable in full without any further consideration paid to us.
Amendments. The Incremental Loan Warrants provide that the terms of the Incremental Loan Warrants may be amended only in a writing signed by the Company and the holder.
Public Warrants and Sponsor Warrants
There were 15,525,000 warrants (the “Public Warrants”) issued in the initial public offering of Global Partner Acquisition Corp. (the predecessor to the Company) and 12,815,000 warrants (the “Sponsor Warrants”) issued in a private placement simultaneously with such initial public offering. The Public Warrants and Sponsor Warrants have the same terms. In March 2018, the Public Warrants and Sponsor Warrants began trading together as publicly traded warrants under the same trading symbol and CUSIP. The Public Warrants and Sponsor Warrants trade under the symbol “PRPLW” on OTC Pink. The terms of the Public Warrants and Sponsor Warrants are described below.
Public Warrants
Each whole warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one-half of one share of our Class A Common Stock at a price of $5.75 per half share ($11.50 per full share), subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time after March 4, 2018. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrantholder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of shares of the Class A Common Stock. For example, if a warrantholder holds one warrant to purchase one-half of a share of Class A Common Stock, such warrant will not be exercisable. If a warrantholder holds two warrants, such warrants will be exercisable for one share of the Class A Common Stock. Warrants must be exercised for a whole share. The warrants will expire February 2, 2023, at 5:00 p.m., New York time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.
90
Table of Contents
We will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration. No warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of a warrant unless Class A Common Stock issuable upon such warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a warrant, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised warrants, the purchaser of a unit containing such warrant will have paid the full purchase price for the unit solely for the share of Class A Common Stock underlying such unit.
We agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than fifteen (15) business days, after the closing of our initial business combination, we would use our best efforts to file with the SEC the registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. That registration statement was filed within fifteen (15) business days of the Business Combination. We will use our best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A Common Stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement or register or qualify the shares under blue sky laws.
We may call the warrants for redemption:
| • | in whole and not in part; |
| • | at a price of $0.01 per warrant; |
| • | upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (the “30-day redemption period”) to each warrantholder; and |
| • | if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $24.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption to the warrantholders. |
If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.
We have established the last of the redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the warrants, each warrant-holder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the Class A Common Stock may fall below the $24.00 redemption trigger price as well as the $5.75 (for each half share) warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.
If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise his, her or its warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining
91
Table of Contents
whether to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis,” our management will consider, among other factors, our cash position, the number of warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on our stockholders of issuing the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of our warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, all holders of warrants would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants for that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below), by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be received upon exercise of the warrants, including the “fair market value” in such case. Requiring a cashless exercise in this manner will reduce the number of shares to be issued and thereby lessen the dilutive effect of a warrant redemption. We believe this feature is an attractive option to us if we do not need the cash from the exercise of the warrants after our initial business combination. If we call our warrants for redemption and our management does not take advantage of this option, the Sponsor and its permitted transferees would still be entitled to exercise their Sponsor Warrants for cash or on a cashless basis using the same formula described above that other warrantholders would have been required to use had all warrantholders been required to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, as described in more detail below.
A holder of a warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (as specified by the holder) of the shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.
If the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock, or by a split-up of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. A rights offering to holders of Class A Common Stock entitling holders to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Class A Common Stock) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of Class A Common Stock paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Class A Common Stock, in determining the price payable for Class A Common Stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of Class A Common Stock as reported during the ten trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of Class A Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.
In addition, if we, at any time while the warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of Class A Common Stock on account of such shares of Class A Common Stock (or other shares of our capital stock into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above or (b) certain ordinary cash dividends, then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of Class A Common Stock in respect of such event.
92
Table of Contents
If the number of outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of Class A Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.
Whenever the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.
In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such shares of Class A Common Stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the shares of our Class A Common Stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of Class A Common Stock in such a transaction is payable in the form of common stock in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the warrant agreement based on the Black-Scholes value (as defined in the warrant agreement) of the warrant.
The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants.
The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrantholders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Class A Common Stock or any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of Class A Common Stock. After the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.
No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock to be issued to the warrantholder.
93
Table of Contents
Sponsor Warrants
Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, for so long as the Sponsor or a permitted transferee of the Sponsor holds Sponsor Warrants, such holder may exercise the Sponsor Warrants on a cashless basis. If holders of the Sponsor Warrants elect to exercise them on a cashless basis, they would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants for that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below), by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” means the average reported last sale price of the Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the warrant agent. In connection with the Business Combination, the Sponsor assigned to the Coliseum Capital Partners, L.P., Blackwell Partners LLC—Series A, Coliseum Co-Invest Debt Fund, L.P., and Baleen Capital Management LLC an aggregate of 9,532,500 Sponsor Warrants to purchase 4,766,250 shares of Class A Common Stock. After giving effect to such assignment, the Sponsor holds 3,282,500 Sponsor Warrants to purchase 1,641,250 shares of Class A Common Stock.
Registration Rights
InnoHold Registration Rights Agreement
On February 2, 2018, in connection with the closing of the Business Combination, the Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with InnoHold and the Parent Representative (the “InnoHold Registration Rights Agreement”). Under the InnoHold Registration Rights Agreement, InnoHold holds registration rights that obligate the Company to register for resale under the Securities Act, all or any portion of the Equity Consideration (including Class A Common Stock issued in exchange for the equity consideration received in the Business Combination) (the “Registrable Securities”) so long as such shares are not then restricted under the Lock-Up Agreement. InnoHold is entitled to make a written demand for registration under the Securities Act of all or part of its Registrable Securities (up to a maximum of three demands in total), so long as such shares are not then restricted under the Lock-Up Agreement. Subject to certain exceptions, if any time after the closing of the Business Combination, the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to its securities, under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall give notice to InnoHold as to the proposed filing and offer InnoHold an opportunity to register the sale of such number of Registrable Securities as requested by InnoHold in writing. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, InnoHold is entitled under the Registration Rights Agreement to request in writing that the Company register the resale of any or all of its Registrable Securities on Form S-3 and any similar short-form registration that may be available at such time.
Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to indemnify InnoHold and certain persons or entities related to InnoHold, such as its officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives, against any losses or damages resulting from any untrue statement or omission of a material fact in any registration statement or prospectus pursuant to which they sell Registrable Securities, unless such liability arose from their misstatement or omission, and InnoHold agreed to indemnify the Company and certain persons or entities related to the Company such as its officers and directors and underwriters against all losses caused by their misstatements or omissions in those documents.
The Company is filing the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part at the request of InnoHold pursuant to its rights under the InnoHold Registration Rights Agreement.
Dividends
Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock, the holders of the Class A Common Stock will be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash,
94
Table of Contents
property or capital stock of the Company) when, as and if declared thereon by the board of directors from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Company legally available therefor, and will share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions. Holders of Class B Common Stock are not entitled to share in any such dividends or other distributions.
Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of the Class A Common Stock will be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to stockholders, after the rights of the holders of the preferred stock have been satisfied. Holders of the Class B Common Stock will not be entitled to receive any portion of any such assets of the Company in excess of the par value of such stock in respect of their shares of Class B Common Stock.
Preemptive or Other Rights
On February 1, 2018 the Company entered into a subscription agreement (the “Coliseum Subscription Agreement”) with CCP and Blackwell (together the “Coliseum Investors”), pursuant to which CCP agreed to purchase from the Company 2,900,000 shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company at a purchase price of $10.00 per share and Blackwell agreed to purchase from the Company 1,100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company at a purchase price of $10.00 per share (the “Coliseum Private Placement”). The shares of the Company’s common stock issued in the Coliseum Private Placement were not registered under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
In connection with the Coliseum Private Placement, we granted to the Coliseum Investors preemptive rights for the future sale of Company securities. So long as the Coliseum Investors hold at least 50% of the shares of Class A Common Stock acquired in the Coliseum Private Placement, the Coliseum Investors are entitled to purchase up to their pro rata share of all equity securities issued by the Company, subject to certain exceptions.
In addition, the Coliseum Subscription Agreement provides the Coliseum Investors (and any other funds or accounts managed by Coliseum Capital Management, LLC) with a right of first refusal to provide all, but not less than all, of any of the following financings by the Company or any of its subsidiaries: (i) preferred equity financing with a preference to or over any of the terms of the Company’s common stock and (ii) any debt financing with a principal amount outstanding (together with all other debt provided by lender or group of lenders) greater than or equal to $10 million, other than (x) the replacement or refinancing of existing indebtedness or (y) an asset based loan on customary terms with an all in interest rate of not greater than 5% per year, by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
Other than the Coliseum Investors, stockholders will have no preemptive or other subscription rights and there will be no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.
Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. This statute prevents certain Delaware corporations, under certain circumstances, from engaging in a “merger” with:
| • | a stockholder who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock (otherwise known as an “interested stockholder”); |
| • | an affiliate of an interested stockholder; or |
| • | an associate of an interested stockholder, for three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder. |
95
Table of Contents
A “merger” includes a merger or sale of more than 10% of our assets. However, the above provisions of Section 203 do not apply if:
| • | our board of directors approves the transaction that made the stockholder an “interested stockholder,” prior to the date of the transaction; |
| • | after the completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, that stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than statutorily excluded shares of common stock; or |
| • | on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the merger is approved by our board of directors and authorized at a meeting of its stockholders, and not by written consent, by an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder. |
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Our transfer agent and registrar is Philadelphia Stock Transfer, Inc., 2320 Haverford Rd., Suite 230, Ardmore, Pennsylvania 19003. Their telephone number is (484) 416-3124.
Listing of Securities
Our Class A Common Stock is listed on NASDAQ under the symbol “PRPL.”
96
Table of Contents
BofA Securities, Inc. and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below in connection with the underwritten offering of Class A Common Stock contemplated by this prospectus. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the Selling Stockholder and the underwriters, the Selling Stockholder has agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Selling Stockholder, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock set forth opposite its name below.
| Underwriter |
Number of Shares |
|||
| BofA Securities, Inc. |
||||
| Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. |
||||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
9,000,000 | |||
|
|
|
|||
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.
We and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Commissions and Discounts
The representatives have advised us and the Selling Stockholder that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.
The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to the Selling Stockholder. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.
| Per Share | Without Option | With Option | ||||||||||
| Public offering price |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Underwriting discount |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Proceeds, before expenses, to the Selling Stockholder |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $ and are payable by us and the Selling Stockholder.
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
The Selling Stockholder has granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,350,000 additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting
97
Table of Contents
discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.
No Sales of Similar Securities
We and the Selling Stockholder and our executive officers and directors, other than John A. Legg, our Chief Operating Officer, Casey K. McGarvey, our Chief Legal Officer, and Adam Gray, a managing partner of Coliseum, have agreed not to sell or transfer any Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with Class A Common Stock, for 60 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly
| • | offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any Class A Common Stock, |
| • | sell any option or contract to purchase any Class A Common Stock, |
| • | purchase any option or contract to sell any Class A Common Stock, |
| • | grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any Class A Common Stock, |
| • | lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any Class A Common Stock, |
| • | request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the Class A Common Stock, or |
| • | enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any Class A Common Stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise. |
This lock-up provision applies to Class A Common Stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with Class A Common Stock. It also applies to Class A Common Stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.
Nasdaq Capital Market Listing
The shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “PRPL.”
Price Stabilization, Short Positions
Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our Class A Common Stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the Class A Common Stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our Class A Common Stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market
98
Table of Contents
as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class A Common Stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of Class A Common Stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A Common Stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A Common Stock. As a result, the price of our Class A Common Stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our Class A Common Stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Passive Market Making
In connection with this offering, underwriters and selling group members may engage in passive market making transactions in the Class A Common Stock on the Nasdaq Global Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of Class A Common Stock and extending through the completion of distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may cause the price of our Class A Common Stock to be higher than the price that otherwise would exist in the open market in the absence of those transactions. The underwriters and dealers are not required to engage in passive market making and may end passive market making activities at any time.
Electronic Distribution
In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.
Other Relationships
Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.
In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
European Economic Area and the United Kingdom
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each a “Relevant State”), no shares of Class A Common Stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by
99
Table of Contents
this prospectus have been offered or will be offered to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of Class A Common Stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation), except that offers of shares of Class A Common Stock may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:
| a. | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation; |
| b. | to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or |
| c. | in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation, |
provided that no such offer of shares of Class A Common Stock shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.
Each person in a Relevant State who initially acquires any shares of Class A Common Stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the Managers that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.
In the case of any shares of Class A Common Stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares of Class A Common Stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
The Company, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of Class A Common Stock in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of Class A Common Stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of Class A Common Stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
References to the Prospectus Regulation includes, in relation to the UK, the Prospectus Regulation as it forms part of UK domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.
In connection with the offering, BofA Securities, Inc. and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. are not acting for anyone other than the issuer and will not be responsible to anyone other than the issuer for providing the protections afforded to their clients nor for providing advice in relation to the offering.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
This document is for distribution only to persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments and who qualify as investment professionals within the meaning of Article 19(5) of the
100
Table of Contents
Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended the “Financial Promotion Order”), (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations etc.”) of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the United Kingdom, or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”)) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.
Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
101
Table of Contents
The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong
The shares of Class A Common Stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of Class A Common Stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan
The shares of Class A Common Stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the shares of Class A Common Stock were not offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not be offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of Class A Common Stock, has not been circulated or distributed, nor will it be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
102
Table of Contents
Where the shares of Class A Common Stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
| (a) | a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or |
| (b) | a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, |
securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
| (a) | to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA; |
| (b) | where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; |
| (c) | where the transfer is by operation of law; or |
| (d) | as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA. |
Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada
The shares of Class A Common Stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of Class A Common Stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
103
Table of Contents
The validity of the securities covered by this prospectus has been passed upon for us by Dorsey & Whitney LLP, Salt Lake City, Utah. In an underwritten offering of any of the securities covered by this prospectus, the underwriters will be represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California.
The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the years then ended incorporated by reference in this prospectus have been so incorporated in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, incorporated herein by reference, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information about issuers, such as us, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.
Our website address is www.purple.com. Through our website, we make available, free of charge, the following documents as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC: our Annual Reports on Form 10-K; our proxy statements for our annual and special stockholder meetings; our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q; our Current Reports on Form 8-K; Forms 3, 4 and 5 and Schedules 13G with respect to our securities filed on behalf of InnoHold, our directors and our executive officers; and amendments to those documents. The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.
104
Table of Contents
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” into this prospectus the documents that we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus. We incorporate by reference into this prospectus the following documents:
| • | our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, filed with the SEC on March 9, 2020; |
| • | our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2020, filed with the SEC on May 11, 2020; |
| • | our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 2020; |
| • | the description of our common stock contained in our Registration Statement on Form 8-A , as filed with the SEC on July 29, 2015, as updated by the description of our common stock contained in Exhibit 4.6 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, filed with the SEC on March 9, 2020; and |
| • | all documents filed by us with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (Commission File Number 001-37540) after the date of this prospectus and before the termination of the offering contemplated hereby. |
We also incorporate by reference any future filings (other than Current Reports furnished under Items 2.02 or 7.01 of Form 8-K and exhibits filed on such form that are related to such items unless such Form 8-K expressly provides to the contrary) made with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of the initial registration statement and prior to effectiveness of the registration statement, excluding, in each case, information deemed furnished and not filed.
Any statement contained in this prospectus, or in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein, shall be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent that a statement contained herein, or in any subsequently filed document that also is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein, modifies or supersedes such statement. Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus.
You may obtain copies of these documents, at no cost to you, from our website (www.purple.com), or by writing or telephoning us at the following address:
Purple Innovation, Inc.
Attn: Casey McGarvey
4100 North Chapel Ridge Road, Suite 200
Lehi, Utah 84043
(801) 756-2600
105
Table of Contents
Purple Innovation, Inc.
9,000,000 Shares of Class A Common Stock
| BofA Securities | Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. |
Table of Contents
PART II
Information Not Required in Prospectus
Item 14. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses payable in connection with the offering of the securities being registered, all of which will be paid by Purple Innovation, Inc. All amounts are estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) filing fee.
| Amount | ||||
| SEC registration fee |
$ | 14,022.72 | ||
| FINRA filing fee |
16,705.00 | |||
| Printing and engraving expenses |
10,000.00 | |||
| Legal fees and expenses |
130,000.00 | |||
| Accounting fees and expenses |
85,000.00 | |||
| Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses |
10,000.00 | |||
| Miscellaneous |
10,000.00 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
$ | 275,727.72 | ||
|
|
|
|||
Item 15. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant. The DGCL provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws provide for indemnification by the Registrant of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides for such limitation of liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.
The Registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (1) to its directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, while acting in their capacity as directors and officers of the Registrant, and (2) to the Registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the Registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to any indemnification provision contained in the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws or otherwise as a matter of law.
Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits.
The following exhibits are included or incorporated by reference in this registration statement on Form S-3 (certain documents have been previously filed with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act by Purple Innovation, Inc. (Commission File Number 001-37523)):
| * | Filed herewith. |
| # | Schedules and exhibits to the Merger Agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedules and exhibits to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. |
Table of Contents
Item 17. Undertakings.
(a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
provided, however, that:
Paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and
Table of Contents
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.
(5) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the Registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing this Registration Statement on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Lehi, Utah on May 12, 2020.
| PURPLE INNOVATION, INC. | ||
| /s/ Joseph B. Megibow | ||
| Name: | Joseph B. Megibow | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.
| Signature |
Capacity in Which Signed |
Date | ||
| /s/ Joseph B. Megibow Joseph B. Megibow |
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director | May 12, 2020 | ||
| /s/ Craig Phillips Craig Phillips |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | May 12, 2020 | ||
| * Terry V. Pearce |
Director | May 12, 2020 | ||
| * Tony M. Pearce |
Director | May 12, 2020 | ||
| * Pano Anthos |
Director | May 12, 2020 | ||
| * Gary DiCamillo |
Director | May 12, 2020 | ||
| * Adam Gray |
Director | May 12, 2020 | ||
| * Claudia Hollingsworth |
Director | May 12, 2020 | ||
| * Gary Kiedaisch |
Director | May 12, 2020 | ||
| *By: | /s/ Casey K. McGarvey | |
| Casey K. McGarvey | ||
| Attorney-in-Fact | ||
Exhibit 1.1
PURPLE INNOVATION, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
[●] Shares of Class A Common Stock
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
Dated: [●], 2020
PURPLE INNOVATION, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
[●] Shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
[●], 2020
BofA Securities, Inc.
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
as Representatives of the several Underwriters
c/o BofA Securities, Inc.
One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036
c/o Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Purple Innovation, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and InnoHold, LLC (the “Selling Stockholder”), confirm their respective agreements with BofA Securities, Inc. (“BofAS”), Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. (“Oppenheimer”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom BofAS and Oppenheimer are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Selling Stockholder and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“Class A Common Stock”) set forth in Schedules A and B hereto and (ii) the grant by the Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [●] additional shares of Class A Common Stock. The aforesaid [●] shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [●] shares of Class A Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are herein called, collectively, the “Securities.”
The Company and the Selling Stockholder understand that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.
The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-237045), including a prospectus, covering the public offering and sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “1933 Act Regulations”), which registration statement was declared effective by the Commission under the 1933 Act. Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto, and the
documents incorporated by reference therein pursuant to Item 12 of Form S-3 under the 1933 Act, at the time it became effective, and including the information deemed to be a part of such registration statement at the time of its effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the 1933 Act Regulations (the “Rule 430A Information”), is herein called the “Registration Statement.” The prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omitted the Rule 430A Information, are collectively referred to herein as the “preliminary prospectus.” Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a final prospectus relating to the Securities in accordance with the provisions of Rule 424(b) under the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 424(b)”). The final prospectus, in the form first furnished or made available to the Underwriters for use in connection with confirmation of sales of the Securities, together with the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omitted the Rule 430A Information, are collectively referred to herein as the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“EDGAR”).
As used in this Agreement:
“Applicable Time” means [●] [A/P].M., New York City time, on [●], 2020 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.
“General Disclosure Package” means the preliminary prospectus dated [●], 2020 (including any documents incorporated therein by reference) and the information included on Schedule C hereto, all considered together.
“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 405”)) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).
“Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act.
“Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act.
All references in this Agreement to financial statements and schedules and other information which is “contained,” “included” or “stated” (or other references of like import) in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus shall be deemed to include all such financial statements and schedules and other information incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may be, prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement; and all references in this Agreement to amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus shall be deemed to include the filing of any document under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “1934 Act”), incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, such preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may be, at or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
2
SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties.
(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company. The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:
(i) Registration Statement and Prospectuses. The Company meets the requirements for use of Form S-3 under the 1933 Act. The Securities have been and remain eligible for registration by the Company on Form S-3. Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto has been declared effective by the Commission under the 1933 Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.
Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time of its effectiveness, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time and any Date of Delivery complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, and, in each case, at the Applicable Time, the Closing Time and any Date of Delivery complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act Regulations and each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering was identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
The documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, when they became effective or at the time they were or hereafter are filed with the Commission, complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act Regulations”).
(ii) Accurate Disclosure. Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, on the date hereof, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. At the Applicable Time and any Date of Delivery, none of (A) the General Disclosure Package and (B) and individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The
3
documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, at the time the Registration Statement became effective or when such documents incorporated by reference were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, when read together with the other information in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, did not and will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.
The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure Package, and Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting–Commissions and Discounts,” the information in the second, third and fourth paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting–Price Stabilization, Short Positions” and the information under the heading “Underwriting–Electronic Distribution” in each case contained in the Prospectus (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).
(iii) No Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company has not prepared or had prepared on its behalf or used or referred to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities.
(iv) Testing-the-Waters Materials. The Company has not (A) engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication or (B) authorized anyone to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule E hereto.
(v) Emerging Growth Company Status. From the time of the initial filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the 1933 Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).
(vi) Independent Accountants. The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
(vii) Financial Statements; Non-GAAP Financial Measures. The financial statements included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except, in the case of unaudited interim financial statements, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the exclusion of certain footnotes as permitted by the applicable rules of the Commission. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the information required to
4
be stated therein. Any selected financial data and summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or incorporated by reference therein, regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply, in all material respects, with Regulation G of the 1934 Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the 1933 Act, to the extent applicable. The interactive data in eXtensible Business Reporting Language incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus fairly present the information called for in all material respects and have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines applicable thereto.
(viii) No Material Adverse Change in Business. Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.
(ix) Good Standing of the Company. The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(x) Good Standing of Subsidiaries. Each “significant subsidiary” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) (each, a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, has corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity. None of the outstanding shares of capital
5
stock of any Subsidiary were issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary. The only subsidiaries of the Company are the subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement.
(xi) Capitalization. The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Selling Stockholder, have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable (or, in the case of Securities that will be issued upon the exchange of outstanding shares of Class B common stock of the Company subsequent to the execution of this Agreement but prior to the Closing Time, such Securities will be duly authorized and validly issued and will be fully paid and non-assessable at the Closing Time). None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Selling Stockholder, were issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company (or, in the case of Securities that will be issued upon the exchange of outstanding shares of Class B common stock of the Company subsequent to the execution of this Agreement but prior to the Closing Time, such Securities will not be issued in violation of such preemptive or other similar rights).
(xii) Authorization of Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
(xiii) Authorization and Description of Securities. The Class A Common Stock conforms in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms in all material respects to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same. No holder of Securities will be subject to personal liability solely by reason of being such a holder.
(xiv) Registration Rights. There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this Agreement, other than those rights that have been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and have been waived.
(xv) Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all
6
necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of (i) the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity, except, with respect to the Company’s subsidiaries in the case of clause (ii) above, for any violation that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect and as would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of the Underwriters to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
(xvi) Absence of Labor Dispute. No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any subsidiary’s principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(xvii) Absence of Proceedings. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect their respective properties or assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any such subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(xviii) Accuracy of Exhibits. There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required.
(xix) Absence of Further Requirements. No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, state securities laws or the rules of Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).
7
(xx) Possession of Licenses and Permits. The Company and its subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(xxi) Title to Property. The Company and its subsidiaries do not own any real property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good title to all other properties owned by them, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company or any of its subsidiaries holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any subsidiary under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company or such subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.
(xxii) Possession of Intellectual Property. Except as would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the business now operated by them, and (B) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company or any of its subsidiaries therein.
(xxiii) Environmental Laws. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without
8
limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (D) to the Company’s knowledge, there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.
(xxiv) Accounting Controls and Disclosure Controls. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and to the extent required by Rule 13a-15 under the 1934 Act Regulations, the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole maintain effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13-a15 and 15d-15 under the 1934 Act Regulations) and a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and (E) the interactive data in eXtensible Business Reporting Language incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus fairly present the information called for in all material respects and are prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines applicable thereto. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness (as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X of the 1933 Act Regulations) in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15 and Rule 15d-15 under the 1934 Act Regulations) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the 1934 Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer or officers and principal financial officer or officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.
(xxv) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply in all material respects with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.
9
(xxvi) Payment of Taxes. All United States federal income tax returns of the Company and its subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been filed and all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except assessments against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken and as to which adequate reserves have been provided. The United States federal income tax returns of the Company through the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 have been settled and no assessment in connection therewith has been made against the Company. The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by them pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company and its subsidiaries, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been established by the Company. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(xxvii) Insurance. The Company and its subsidiaries carry or are entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as the Company reasonably believes is generally maintained by companies of established repute and comparable size engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it or any of its subsidiaries will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither of the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.
(xxviii) Investment Company Act. The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).
(xxix) Absence of Manipulation. Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would reasonably be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.
(xxx) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the
10
payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
(xxxi) Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.
(xxxii) OFAC. None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is an individual or entity (“Person”) currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions.
(xxxiii) Lending Relationship. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company (i) does not have any material lending or other relationship with any bank or lending affiliate of any Underwriter and (ii) does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.
(xxxiv) Statistical and Market-Related Data. Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.
(xxxv) No Rated Securities. Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries have any debt securities or preferred stock that are rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the 1934 Act).
(xxxvi) Cybersecurity. Except where the impact of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) there has been no security breach or incident, unauthorized access or disclosure, or other compromise of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries information technology and computer systems, networks, hardware, software, data and databases (including the data and information of their respective customers, employees, suppliers, vendors and any third party data maintained, processed or stored by the Company and its subsidiaries, and any such data processed or stored by third parties on behalf of the Company and its subsidiaries), equipment or technology (collectively, “IT Systems and Data”); (B) neither the
11
Company nor its subsidiaries have been notified of, and each of them have no knowledge of any event or condition that could reasonably be excepted to result in, any security breach or incident, unauthorized access or disclosure or other compromise to their IT Systems and Data; and (C) the Company and its subsidiaries have implemented appropriate controls, policies, procedures, and technological safeguards to maintain and protect the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of their IT Systems and Data reasonably consistent with industry standards and practices, or as required by applicable regulatory standards. The Company and its subsidiaries are presently in material compliance with all applicable laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, internal policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Data and to the protection of such IT Systems and Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification, except where the failure to maintain such compliance would not reasonably be excepted to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Representations and Warranties by the Selling Stockholder. The Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Time and, if the Selling Stockholder is selling Option Securities on a Date of Delivery, as of each such Date of Delivery, and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:
(i) Accurate Disclosure. Neither the General Disclosure Package nor the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto when considered together includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided that such representations and warranties set forth in this subsection (b)(i) apply only to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to the Selling Stockholder furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto (the “Selling Stockholder Information”); the Selling Stockholder is not prompted to sell the Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder by any information concerning the Company or any subsidiary of the Company which is not set forth in the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.
(ii) Authorization of this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholder.
(iii) Noncontravention. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the sale and delivery of the Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and compliance by the Selling Stockholder with its obligations hereunder do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon the Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholder or any property or assets of the Selling Stockholder pursuant to any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, license, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Selling Stockholder is a party or by which the Selling Stockholder may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Selling Stockholder is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or other organizational instrument of the Selling Stockholder, if applicable, or any applicable treaty, law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Selling Stockholder or any of its properties.
12
(iv) Valid Title. The Selling Stockholder has (or, in the case of Securities that will be issued upon the exchange of outstanding shares of Class B common stock of the Company subsequent to the execution of this Agreement but prior to the Closing Time, will have at the Closing Time), and at the Closing Time and at any Date of Delivery will have, valid title to the Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholder free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities or other encumbrances and the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement and to sell, transfer and deliver the Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholder.
(v) Delivery of Securities. Upon payment of the purchase price for the Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Securities, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“Cede”) or such other nominee as may be designated by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), registration of such Securities in the name of Cede or such other nominee, and the crediting of such Securities on the books of DTC to securities accounts (within the meaning of Section 8-501(a) of the UCC) of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any “adverse claim,” within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the Uniform Commercial Code then in effect in the State of New York (“UCC”), to such Securities), (A) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid “security entitlement” in respect of such Securities and (B) no action (whether framed in conversion, replevin, constructive trust, equitable lien, or other theory) based on any “adverse claim,” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such Securities may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this representation, the Selling Stockholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (I) such Securities will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (II) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation,” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, (III) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC, (IV) to the extent DTC, or any other securities intermediary which acts as “clearing corporation” with respect to the Securities, maintains any “financial asset” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC in a clearing corporation pursuant to Section 8-111 of the UCC, the rules of such clearing corporation may affect the rights of DTC or such securities intermediaries and the ownership interest of the Underwriters, (V) claims of creditors of DTC or any other securities intermediary or clearing corporation may be given priority to the extent set forth in Section 8-511(b) and 8-511(c) of the UCC and (VI) if at any time DTC or other securities intermediary does not have sufficient Securities to satisfy claims of all of its entitlement holders with respect thereto then all holders will share pro rata in the Securities then held by DTC or such securities intermediary.
(vi) Absence of Manipulation. The Selling Stockholder has not taken, and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which constituted or would be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.
(vii) Absence of Further Requirements. No filing with, or consent, approval, authorization, order, registration, qualification or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency, domestic or foreign, is necessary or required for the performance by the Selling Stockholder of its obligations hereunder, or in connection with the sale and delivery of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA.
13
(viii) No Registration or Other Similar Rights. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Selling Stockholder does not have any registration or other similar rights to have any equity or debt securities registered for sale by the Company under the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement.
(ix) No Free Writing Prospectuses. The Selling Stockholder has not prepared or had prepared on its behalf or used or referred to, any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405), and has not distributed any written materials in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities.
(x) No Association with FINRA. Neither the Selling Stockholder nor any of its affiliates directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with any member firm of FINRA or is a person associated with a member (within the meaning of the FINRA By-Laws) of FINRA.
(xi) OFAC. The Selling Stockholder will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiaries, joint venture partners or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.
(c) Officer’s Certificates. Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby; and any certificate signed by or on behalf of any Selling Stockholder as such and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.
SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing.
(a) Initial Securities. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Selling Stockholder agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Selling Stockholder, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, that proportion of the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule B opposite the name of the Selling Stockholder which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.
(b) Option Securities. In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Selling Stockholder hereby grants an option to the Underwriters to purchase up to an additional [●] shares of Class A Common Stock, as set forth in Schedule B, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted may be exercised for 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time from time to time upon notice by the Representatives to the Selling
14
Stockholder setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.
(c) Payment. Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates or security entitlements for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 140 Scott Drive, Menlo Park, CA 94025, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company and the Selling Stockholder, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the second (third, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company and the Selling Stockholder (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”).
In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates or security entitlements for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholder.
Payment shall be made to the Selling Stockholder by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank accounts specified by the Selling Stockholder in writing to the Representatives against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates or security entitlements for the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. BofAS and Oppenheimer, individually and not as representatives of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.
SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company and the Selling Stockholder. The Company and the Selling Stockholder covenants with each Underwriter as follows:
(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests. The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus, including any document incorporated by reference therein or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination
15
pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.
(b) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Company will comply with the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representatives notice of such event, (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representatives with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object, and the Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or 1934 Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object in a timely manner.
(c) Delivery of Registration Statements. The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein and documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
16
(d) Delivery of Prospectuses. The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
(e) Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company will use its commercially reasonable best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may reasonably designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
(f) Rule 158. The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.
(g) Listing. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to maintain the listing of the Securities on the Nasdaq Capital Market.
(h) Restriction on Sale of Securities. During a period of 60 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Class A Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Class A Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Class A Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Class A Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (C) any shares of Class A Common Stock issued, options to purchase Class A Common Stock or other equity incentive awards granted pursuant to existing employee benefit, equity incentive or employee stock purchase plans of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (D) any shares of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to any non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (E) any shares of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to an Election of Exchange made under the Exchange Agreement dated February 2, 2018 by holders of Class B Common Stock and who are not the Selling Stockholder and have rights to make an exchange under the Exchange Agreement.
(i) Reporting Requirements. The Company, during the period when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and 1934 Act Regulations.
17
(j) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Each of the Company and the Selling Stockholder agrees that it will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405), or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433.
(k) Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners. The Selling Stockholder will deliver to the Representatives, on the date of execution of this Agreement, a properly completed and executed Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners of Legal Entity Customers, together with copies of identifying documentation, and the Selling Stockholder undertakes to provide such additional supporting documentation as the Representatives may reasonably request in connection with the verification of the foregoing certification.
(l) Emerging Growth Company Status. The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act and (ii) completion of the 60-day restricted period referred to in Section 3(h).
SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses.
(a) Expenses. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates or security entitlements for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(e) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged by the Company in connection with the road show presentations, and travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, (viii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the Nasdaq Capital Market and (x) the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Securities made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation contained in the third sentence of Section 1(a)(ii); provided that the aggregate amount of fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters pursuant to clauses (v) and (viii) shall not exceed $35,000. For the avoidance of doubt, except as provided in this Section 4, Section 6 and Section 7 of this Agreement, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Securities by them, travel and lodging expenses of their representatives and employees and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.
18
(b) Expenses of the Selling Stockholder. The Selling Stockholder will pay all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement, including (i) any stamp and other duties and stock and other transfer taxes, if any, payable upon the sale of the Securities to the Underwriters and their transfer between the Underwriters pursuant to an agreement between such Underwriters, and (ii) the fees and disbursements of its counsel and other advisors. For the avoidance of doubt, the Selling Stockholder will pay all underwriting discounts, commissions and fees pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of one legal counsel of the Selling Stockholder, incurred in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement.
(c) Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i) or (iii) or Section 10 hereof, the Selling Stockholder shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters; provided, however, that in the case of termination of this Agreement by the Representatives in accordance with Section 10, the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall not be required to reimburse any defaulting Underwriter for such Underwriter’s out-of-pocket expenses.
(d) Allocation of Expenses. The provisions of this Section shall not affect any agreement that the Company and the Selling Stockholder may make for the sharing of such costs and expenses.
SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholder contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or on behalf of any Selling Stockholder delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholder of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:
(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information. The Registration Statement has become effective and, at the Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.
(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion and negative assurance statement, each dated the Closing Time, of Dorsey & Whitney LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.
(c) Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Stockholder. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Kirton McConkie PC, counsel for the Selling Stockholder, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.
19
(d) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion and negative assurance statement, each dated the Closing Time, of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Company and its subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.
(e) Officers’ Certificate. At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.
(f) Certificate of the Selling Stockholder. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received a certificate from the Selling Stockholder, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) the representations and warranties of the Selling Stockholder in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time and (ii) the Selling Stockholder has complied with all agreements and all conditions on its part to be performed under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Time.
(g) Accountant’s Comfort Letter. At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from BDO USA, LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
(h) Bring-down Comfort Letter. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from BDO USA, LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.
(i) Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate. At the time of the execution of this Agreement and the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company, dated each such date, with respect to certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.
20
(j) Approval of Listing. At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.
(k) No Objection. FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.
(l) Lock-up Agreements. At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule D hereto.
(m) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities. In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholder contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company, any of its subsidiaries and the Selling Stockholder hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:
(i) Officers’ Certificate. A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the President or a Vice President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.
(ii) Certificate of the Selling Stockholder. A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, from the Selling Stockholder confirming that the certificate delivered by the Selling Stockholder at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(f) remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.
(iii) Opinion of Counsel for Company. If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion of Dorsey & Whitney LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.
(iv) Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Stockholder. If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion of Kirton McConkie PC, counsel for the Selling Stockholder, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.
(v) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof.
(vi) Bring-down Comfort Letter. If requested by the Representatives, a letter from BDO USA, LLP, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.
21
(vii) Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate. A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(i) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.
(n) Additional Documents. At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company and the Selling Stockholder in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.
(o) Termination of Agreement. If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholder at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15, 16 and 17 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 6. Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification of Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:
(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included (A) in any preliminary prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (“Marketing Materials”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, Prospectus or in any Marketing Materials of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(e) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company and the Selling Stockholder;
22
(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;
provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.
(b) Indemnification of Underwriters by Selling Stockholder. The Selling Stockholder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its Affiliates and selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act to the extent and in the manner set forth in clauses (a)(i), (ii) and (iii) above; provided that the Selling Stockholder shall be liable only to the extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission has been made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information; provided, further, that the liability under this subsection of the Selling Stockholder shall be limited to an amount equal to the aggregate gross proceeds after underwriting commissions and discounts, but before expenses, to the Selling Stockholder from the sale of Securities sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder.
(c) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers and the Selling Stockholder. Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, and the Selling Stockholder and each person, if any, who controls the Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.
(d) Actions against Parties; Notification. Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) and 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(c) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Selling Stockholder and the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the
23
indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
(e) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.
(f) Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification. The provisions of this Section shall supersede the provisions set forth in Section II of the standard terms and conditions of the engagement letter, dated October 30, 2019, among the Company, BofAS, the Selling Stockholder and other parties named therein. The provisions of this Section shall not otherwise affect any agreement among the Company and the Selling Stockholder with respect to indemnification.
SECTION 7. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.
The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact
24
relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholder or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
The Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.
No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or the Selling Stockholder, as the case may be. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.
The provisions of this Section shall not affect any agreement among the Company and the Selling Stockholder with respect to contribution.
SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive. All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the Selling Stockholder submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors, any person controlling the Company or any person controlling any Selling Stockholder and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.
SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement.
(a) Termination. The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholder, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the judgment of the Representatives, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or
25
not arising in the ordinary course of business, such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering contemplated hereby or to enforce contracts for sale of the Securities, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq Capital Market, or (iv) if trading generally on the NYSE MKT or the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Capital Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or with respect to Clearstream or Euroclear systems in Europe, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.
(b) Liabilities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15, 16 and 17 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters. If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:
(i) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or
(ii) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.
No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.
In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company and any Selling Stockholder shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.
26
SECTION 11. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to BofAS at One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, attention of Syndicate Department (facsimile: (646) 855-3073), with a copy to ECM Legal (facsimile: (212) 230-8730) and Oppenheimer at 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, attention of General Counsel; notices to the Company shall be directed to it at 123 E 200 N, Alpine, Utah 84004, attention of Chief Legal Officer; and notices to the Selling Stockholder shall be directed to InnoHold, LLC, attention of Tony Pearce, 801 S 1230 E, Alpine, UT 84004, Tony Pearce at 801 S 1230 E, Alpine, UT 84004, and Terry Pearce at 1250 E Watkins Lane, Alpine, UT 84004.
SECTION 12. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship. Each of the Company and the Selling Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any Selling Stockholder, or its respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any Selling Stockholder on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of each of the Company and the Selling Stockholder, and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and the Company and the Selling Stockholder have consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate.
SECTION 13. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.
(a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.
(b) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.
For purposes of this Section 13, a “BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k). “Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §
27
382.2(b). “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable. “U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 14. Parties. This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.
SECTION 15. Trial by Jury. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates), the Selling Stockholder and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.
SECTION 17. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Related Proceedings”) shall be instituted in (i) the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan or (ii) the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a “Related Judgment”), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
SECTION 18. TIME. TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.
SECTION 19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
28
SECTION 20. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
29
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company and the Selling Stockholder a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder in accordance with its terms.
| Very truly yours, | ||
| PURPLE INNOVATION, INC. | ||
| By |
| |
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| INNOHOLD, LLC | ||
| By |
| |
| Name: | ||
| Title: |
CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
as of the date first above written:
BOFA SECURITIES, INC.
OPPENHEIMER & CO. INC.
| By: BOFA SECURITIES, INC. | ||
| By |
| |
| Authorized Signatory | ||
| By: OPPENHEIMER & CO. INC. | ||
| By |
| |
| Authorized Signatory | ||
For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.
SCHEDULE A
The public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[●].
The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $[●], being an amount equal to the public offering price set forth above less $[●] per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.
| Name of Underwriter | Number of Initial Securities | |
| BofA Securities, Inc. |
[●] | |
| Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. |
[●] | |
| [●] |
[●] | |
|
| ||
| Total |
[●] | |
|
|
Sch A-1
SCHEDULE B
| Number of Initial Securities to be Sold |
Maximum Number of Option Securities to Be Sold | |||
| InnoHold, LLC |
[●] | [●] | ||
| Total |
[●] | [●] |
Sch B - 1
SCHEDULE C
Pricing Terms
1. The Selling Stockholder is selling [●] shares of Class A Common Stock in the aggregate.
2. The Selling Stockholder has granted an option to the Underwriters to purchase up to an additional [●] shares of Class A Common Stock.
3. The public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[●] per share.
4. The Company, the Selling Stockholder, and the Company’s executive officers and directors, other than John A. Legg, Casey K. McGarvey, and Adam Gray, have agreed not to sell or transfer any Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with Class A Common Stock, for 60 days after the date of this Agreement without first obtaining the written consent of the Representatives.
Sch C - 1
SCHEDULE D
List of Persons and Entities Subject to Lock-up
INNOHOLD, LLC
Gary T. DiCamillo
Terry V. Pearce
Pano Anthos
Gary A. Kiedaisch
Claudia Hollingsworth
Tony M. Pearce
Joseph B. Megibow
Craig L. Phillips
Verdi Ray White III
Sch D - 1
SCHEDULE E
Written Testing-the-Waters Communications
None.
Sch E - 1
Exhibit A
FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT
Purple Innovation, Inc.
Lock-up Agreement
May , 2020
BofA Securities, Inc.
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
as Representatives of the several
Underwriters to be named in the
within-mentioned Underwriting Agreement
c/o BofA Securities, Inc.
One Bryant Park New York,
New York 10036
c/o Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Re: Proposed Public Offering of Common Stock of Purple Innovation, Inc.
Dear Sirs:
The undersigned, a stockholder, an officer and/or a director of Purple Innovation, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), understands that BofA Securities, Inc. and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., as representatives of the several Underwriters (defined below) (the “Representatives”), propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with the Company and the Selling Stockholders (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”). In recognition of the benefit that such an offering will confer upon the undersigned as a stockholder, an officer and/or a director of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each underwriter to be named in the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”) that, during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the date that is 60 days from the date of the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of the Company’s Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”), or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the Lock-up Securities, or file or cause to be
A-1
filed any registration statement in connection therewith, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer the Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Representatives, provided that in each transfer pursuant to clauses (b) through (f) below, (1) the Representatives receive a signed lock-up agreement for the balance of the lock-up period from each donee, trustee, distributee, or transferee, as the case may be, (2) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (3) such transfers are not required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (4) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers:
| a. | pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; or |
| b. | as a bona fide gift or gifts; or |
| c. | pursuant to a will, other testamentary document or intestate succession to the legal representative, heir, beneficiary or a member of the immediate family of the undersigned or by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or as required by a divorce settlement; or |
| d. | to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin); or |
| e. | as a distribution to limited partners, members or stockholders of the undersigned; or |
| f. | to the undersigned’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned. |
Furthermore, the undersigned may sell shares of Common Stock of the Company purchased by the undersigned on the open market following the Public Offering if and only if (i) such sales are not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or otherwise and (ii) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such sales.
If (i) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective by May 15, 2020, (ii) after becoming effective, the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, or (iii) the Company notifies the Representatives, in writing, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it does not intend to proceed with the Public Offering, then as of such relevant date, this lock-up agreement shall terminate and the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this lock-up agreement.
The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.
A-2
| Very truly yours,
IF AN INDIVIDUAL: |
IF AN ENTITY: | |||||
| By: |
|
| ||||
| (duly authorized signature) | (please print complete name of entity) | |||||
| Name: |
|
By: |
| |||
| (please print full name) | (duly authorized signature) | |||||
| Name: |
| |||||
| (please print full name) | ||||||
| Title: |
| |||||
| (please print full title) | ||||||
| Address: |
Address: | |||||
|
|
| |||||
|
|
| |||||
| E-mail: |
|
E-mail: |
| |||
A-3
Exhibit 5.1
May 12, 2020
Purple Innovation, Inc.
4100 North Chapel Ridge Road, Suite 200
Lehi, UT 84043
Re: Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-237045)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to Purple Innovation, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the filing by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) of a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-237045) (as amended, the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Company with the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to the offer and sale by a certain selling stockholder of 10,350,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (including 1,350,000 shares subject to the option granted by the selling stockholder to the underwriters) (the “Shares”). The Shares are issuable upon the exchange of shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Stock”), together with an equal number of Class B common units of Purple Innovation, LLC (the “Class B Units” and together with the Class B Stock the “Paired Securities”), pursuant to that certain Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) dated February 2, 2018 by and among the Company, Purple Innovation, LLC, and the other parties thereto.
We have examined such documents and have reviewed such questions of law as we have considered necessary or appropriate for the purposes of our opinions set forth below. In rendering our opinions set forth below, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures and the conformity to authentic originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed the legal capacity for all purposes relevant hereto of all natural persons. As to questions of fact material to our opinions, we have relied upon certificates or comparable documents of officers and other representatives of the Company and of public officials.
Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares to be sold pursuant to the Registration Statement have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action and, when issued and delivered by the Company upon the exchange of Paired Securities in accordance with the Exchange Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
Our opinions expressed above are limited to the Delaware General Corporation Law and the federal laws of the United States of America.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the prospectus constituting part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
| Very truly yours, |
| /s/ Dorsey & Whitney LLP |
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Purple Innovation, Inc.
Lehi, Utah
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated March 9, 2020, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Purple Innovation, Inc. appearing in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019.
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.
/s/ BDO USA, LLP
Salt Lake City, Utah
May 12, 2020